Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

43rd Annual Convention; Denver, CO; 2017

Program by Continuing Education Events: Monday, May 29, 2017


 

Symposium #371
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Structured, yet Flexible, Approaches to Teaching Receptive and Expressive Labels for Children Diagnosed With ASD
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Joseph H. Cihon, M.S.
Abstract:

Two components of discrete trial teaching (DTT) that have garnered attention of researchers and practitioners alike are prompting strategies and stimulus order and placement of stimuli. This attention has resulted in recommendations for best practice and comparative research. Despite the increase in research and publication of best practice recommendations, numerous questions still require empirical research. This symposium includes two papers which examine the conditions under which DTT is most effective and efficient to teach receptive and expressive language skills. The first presentation discusses the comparison of two different prompting procedures to teach expressive labels for individuals diagnosed with ASD. The second presentation explores effects of stimulus order and placement as it relates to the acquisition of receptive labels for individuals diagnosed with ASD. Practical implications and future research will be discussed. The discussant will provide further considerations on how this research can be used in clinical settings and what is needed in future research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): counterbalance, DTT, language, prompting
 

The Relative Effectiveness and Efficiency of Flexible Prompt Fading and No-No-Prompting to Teach Expressive Labels to Children Diagnosed With ASD

(Service Delivery)
JEREMY ANDREW LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Multiple prompting systems are available to the practitioner to teach expressive labels. Comparative studies provide the practitioner with information about the strengths and weaknesses of different prompting systems. This information can be invaluable when selecting a system that may work the best for each learner. This study compared the relative effectiveness and efficiency of no-no prompting to flexible prompt fading (FPF) for teaching expressive labels for children diagnosed with ASD. An adapted alternating treatment design was used to compare the two procedures and a concurrent chains schedule was used to assess the participants preference for the two procedures. The results are discussed in the context of practice and future research directions.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Stimulus Order and Placement to Teach Receptive Labels for Children Diagnosed With ASD

(Applied Research)
Aditt Alcalay (Autism Partnership Foundation), JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Some have recommended counterbalancing the array of stimuli (i.e., target and non-target stimuli) and the order of targets when using discrete trial teaching to teach receptive labels (e.g., Grow & LeBlanc, 2013). Although this method of counterbalancing has been referred to as best practice (Grow & LeBlanc, 2013, p. 58), it remains unclear if counterbalancing leads to improved learning, maintenance, and/or generalization. The present study compared the acquisition of receptive labels across three teaching conditions (i.e., counterbalance, fixed, and teachers choice). The counterbalanced condition consisted of arranging the stimuli based on best practice recommendations (Grow & LeBlanc, 2013, p. 58). The fixed condition consisted of leaving the stimuli stationary throughout each teaching session. The teachers choice condition consisted of arranging the stimuli however the teacher chose. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of each teaching condition across five children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The results are discussed in the context of practice and future research directions.

 
 
Symposium #373
CE Offered: BACB
Narrow, Rigid, and Verbally-Maintained: Exploring Derived Avoidance and Conditioned Suppression
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jonah David McManus (University of Louisiana in Lafayette)
Discussant: Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Chad Drake, Ph.D.
Abstract: Current conceptualizations of human psychopathology are increasingly including verbally-established avoidance and conditioned suppression as normative, but problematic, processes. It seems that private events like sadness or anxiety are not in-kind pathological. Rather, the human tendency to attempt to manage these experiences is what causes dysfunction. Relational Frame Theory offers an explanation for how, through derived relational responding, novel or previously neutral events can come to exert aversive control, narrowing the repertoire such that avoidance dominates. Continued progress in the development of clinical behavior analytic interventions for human suffering will depend on expanding our understanding of these processes. This symposium includes two presentations exploring facets of aversive control in humans. The first presentation will review a series of studies that serve to demonstrate conditioned suppression in humans. The second presentation will focus on establishing some boundary conditions of derived avoidance. Both papers will include a discussion of methodological and clinical implications of their data. A general discussion will follow.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Avoidance, Conditioned Suppression, DRR, RFT
 

When Repertoires Narrow: Examinations of Conditioned Suppression in Humans

ALYSON GIESEMANN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of North Texas), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University)
Abstract:

Aversive control has been implicated in clinical behavior analytic conceptualizations of psychopathology in a number of different forms. Aversive control involves both avoidance and conditioned suppression. Conditioned suppression is when a repertoire narrows under aversive control, such that avoidant behaviors dominate and an organisms positively reinforced behaviors decrease. Likewise, psychopathology is characterized by not only a range of avoidant behaviors, but also a disruption of goal-directed behavior, such that clinical behavior analysis tends to focus on shifting control from aversive to appetitive conditions. Conditioned suppression literature, however, has been directly examined primarily in animal behavior, and has not considered how derived relational responding might allow for transfer of suppression functions. The current paper will present data from a series of studies examining conditioned suppression in humans. Data supports both direct and derived conditioned suppression effects associated with aversive control with humans. Implications for assessment and treatment of psychopathology will be discussed.

 

Simple, Not Easy: An Exploration of the Boundary Conditions of Derived Transfer of Avoidance Functions

REBECCA TACKE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of North Texas), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University)
Abstract:

Fear and avoidance characterize psychopathology in a number of different forms. This is purportedly attributable to how readily fear and avoidance functions are arbitrarily transferred to neutral or novel stimuli. In fact, several models within clinical behavior analysis emphasize aversive control through derived relational responding as pivotal in the development and maintenance of problematic behaviors. The clinical assumption that this is readily demonstrated by humans in therapy rooms does not mean, however, that it is easily reproduced in the lab. Multiple studies have demonstrated the transfer of avoidance functions across relational networks. The conditions under which transfer of avoidance functions does and does not occur, however, are not well understood. This paper will describe a series of studies which explore, in an iterative fashion, the boundary conditions of derived transfer of avoidance functions, along with a final successful demonstration of derivation of avoidance functions with apparent experimental control. Implications for continued scientific progress in understanding avoidance-based psychopathology are discussed.

 
 
Panel #374
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Behavior Analysis: Extending the Field Beyond Intensive Treatment Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Teryn Bruni, Ph.D.
Chair: Teryn Bruni (University of Michigan Health System )
BLAKE M. LANCASTER (University of Michigan Health System)
ANDREW R RILEY (Oregon Health and Science University)
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute for Genetics and Rehabilitation University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Despite historical professional boundaries drawn between Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Clinical Psychology, behavior analytic principles can be flexibly applied across clinical settings and presenting concerns. This discussion panel will reflect on the current state of the field of clinical behavior analysis in the context of pediatric psychology and integrated primary care psychology. The panel will consist of experts in clinical behavior analysis who work in pediatric outpatient clinics within medical settings. Panelists will discuss many important topics including the use of indirect assessment methods to evaluate behavior function, consultation-based interventions, and the specific intervention strategies used in these settings and how they fall in line with ABA principles and processes. The importance of effective communication with parents and non-behavioral professionals will be discussed, with an emphasis on the importance of fostering collaborative relationships and the use of non-technical language. Finally, the challenges of meeting rigorous assessment and data collection standards that exist in more traditional ABA settings will be discussed along with the importance of demonstrating, through research and practice, the applicability of ABA within the general pediatric population.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): clinical ABA, integrated services, medical settings, pediatric psychology
 
 
Symposium #375
CE Offered: BACB
Start From Where You Are, Use What You Have, and Do What You Can: How the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis Can Broaden Its Influence From Autism to Other Applications
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: CSS/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joel L. Vidovic (The Autism M.O.D.E.L. School)
CE Instructor: Joel L. Vidovic, M.A.
Abstract:

Recent commentary at ABAI Conventions and in behaviorally-based popular media publications has highlighted the focus of applications of behavior analysis in developmental disabilities, particularly autism. While there is much to be said about the large-scale potential of our science and the value in diversification of our field, there is also much to be gained from the strong footing that we currently hold in organizations serving individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Within these organizations we may be likely to find real-life laboratory settings in which we can begin to conduct research in other areas of social interest including but not limited to environmental sustainability, leader-employee engagement, influence of values on behavior, factors impacting unemployment rates and social justice, and the expansion and development of educational technology that utilizes our science to improve the learning of individuals with and without autism. This symposium will provide 3 data-based presentations outlining work that has been done within such a setting- a public charter school serving individuals with autism in Toledo, OH.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism Employment, Educational Technology, Environmental Sustainability, Leadership Behavior
 

Leader Communication and Employee Values: Influence on Performance of Environmentally Relevant Behaviors

(Applied Research)
JULIA H. FIEBIG (ABA Global Initiatives, LLC; Ball State University)
Abstract:

The importance of effective leadership practices in context of anthropogenic climate change is well established by policy negotiators and there has been an increasing trend of organizations creating leadership roles to address environmental issues (Karlsson et al., 2011). Organizational change efforts focused on corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiatives often generate significant costs for organizations without contributing to desired results, and messages from leaders to stakeholders in organizations do not frequently align with performance related to those messages (Peloza et al., 2012). There has been limited research that systematically addresses how leader communication influences employee performance related to CSR goals (Brammer, Millington, & Rayton, 2007). Relational frame theory, a behavior analytic account of language, allows for analysis of verbal stimuli as motivating operations in context of leader antecedent communication to employee behavior. This study examined the relationship between a leaders verbal behavior and employee performance as related to individual employee values. In an analysis of employee reported values as related to human-caused climate change and effects of leader email communication on energy consumption based on those individual values, results provided compelling information about the potential utility of tailoring leader communication to employee values and provided findings that informed future research directions.

 
We “Aut-To-Be-Partners”: How Applied Behavior Analysis, E-Commerce, and Autism Fit Together
(Service Delivery)
JOEL L. VIDOVIC (The Autism M.O.D.E.L. School), Alison Thomas (The Autism MODEL School), Allison Miller (Western Michigan University), Mary Walters (The Autism MODEL School)
Abstract: The E-commerce industry is currently experiencing rapid growth with platforms such as Amazon, Ebay, and Etsy offering increasingly attractive options for U.S. shoppers. The U.S. Department of Commerce’s Quarterly Retail E-Commerce Sales Report for the 2nd Quarter of 2016 indicates that e-commerce sales now account for over 8% of all retail sales in the United States, up from just 4% in 2009. As young adults with autism continue to find themselves under-represented in the labor market (Shattuck et. al., 2012), might this industry provide some encouraging employment opportunities? We think so. We also think that Applied Behavior Analysis can help make it happen. This presentation will describe an organizational system currently utilized to run and train employees in an e-commerce company that is primarily staffed by individuals with autism receiving job training at The Autism MODEL School in Toledo, OH. Data demonstrating the development of employee’s independence with trained skills will be included along with financial data regarding the sustainability of the model.
 
 
Symposium #376
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Behavior Analysis: Present Status of the Field in Latin America and Where We are Going
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando)
CE Instructor: Mapy Chavez Cueto, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Professionals working on the Behavior Analysis field in Latin America come together to share their experience and objetives for the future.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, latin america, spanish, staff training
 

Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism in Latin America

ANTUANETE CHAVEZ (Alcanzando, Inc.), Sandra Granados (Alcanzando, Inc.), Lorena Vera (Alcanzando, Inc.), Patricia Rojas (Alcanzando, Inc.), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando, Inc.)
Abstract:

Alcanzando is a not for profit organization that provides educational services based on the principles of applied behavior analysis to children with autism around the Spanish speaking world. This presentation is meant to share the data from their services over the last 8 years, to discuss ethical and cultural issues that had been encountered, as well as the solutions that have been and continue to be implemented. Data regarding acquisition of skills by students as well as staff will be shared.

 

Using Behavior Analysis to Prepare Children With Disabilities in Cusco, Peru for a Successful Future

Celeste Marion (Executive Director of Manos Unidas Peru), BELEN RODRIGUEZ (Alcanzando), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando)
Abstract:

Manos Unidas Peru is a registered Peruvian non-profit organization founded in 2008 as the first and only private/non-for-profit school for special education in Cusco, Peru. Today Manos Unidas Peru consists of three programs: ?Camino Nuevo? el Centro de Educacion Basica Especial Particular (est. 2009), The Inclusion Project for children in traditional classrooms (est. 2011), ?Phawarispa? vocational training program (est. 2014). This presentation is meant to share data regarding the obstacles encountered as well as roads to success built in these 8 years. Pre and post data of our students will be shared.

 

Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism: Our Experience in Ecuador

MARIA CHANG (Centro Enigma), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando), Antuanete Chavez (Alcanzando)
Abstract:

Centro Enigma is the first educational center founded in Ecuador to provide behavior analytic services to children in the Autism Spectrum. This presentation will discuss the Ethical and Cultural considerations as well as barriers we have encountered when providing services en Ecuador. Data from the programs for our students as well as staff will be shared.

 
 
Symposium #377
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in Assessments to Identify Stimuli as Potential Negative Reinforcers
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Sarah J. Miller, Ph.D.
Abstract: Negative reinforcement is a common function of problem behavior, and there has been a recent increase in the literature on assessments to identify stimuli that may serve as negative reinforcers, similar to that of positive reinforcers. The current symposium presents three studies advancing this line of research. The first study compares two demand assessments currently in the literature for their efficiency and match between results within participants. The second study utilizes a caregiver-completed questionnaire to identify stimuli for use in escape sessions and compared the results of their questionnaire to a later functional analysis. The third study evaluated a choice-based, concurrent-operants demand assessment that did not require the occurrence of problem behavior and compared the results of that assessment using a progressive-ratio analysis. All of these studies utilized children with severe problem behavior as participants, although the third study also included children without problem behavior. Altogether, this work represents an advance in research on assessments that can be used to inform functional analysis and treatment procedures. The combined works provide comparisons across various methodologies, allowing clinicians to identify the method that yields the most informative results in a given context.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): demand assessments, escape-maintained, indirect assessment, negative reinforcement
 
A Comparison of Demand Assessments
STEPHANIE LIOLLIO (Georgia State University; Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University)
Abstract: Various demand assessments have been proposed in the literature as methods of determining the relative aversiveness of demands (Call et al, 2009; Roscoe et al, 2009). However, little to no research has compared these different demand assessment methodologies. The purpose of the study was to compare two different demand assessment procedures (rate-based and latency-based) found in the literature with three children diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Measures of demand aversiveness and assessment efficiency (i.e., total time and instances of problem behavior observed) were compared across the two measures. Results suggest that the two assessments have moderate correspondence, with differential agreement across participants. When the assessments agree, the latency-based measure was most efficient for a participant with high-rates of problem behavior while the rate-based was more efficient for a participant with low-rates of problem behavior. Results are discussed in the context of recommendations for clinicians and future research.
 

A Comparison of an Indirect Assessment and FA Outcome of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior

CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (The University of Southern Mississippi), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Bailey Scherbak (Monarch House), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Positive reinforcers such as social attention and tangible items are often included in preference and reinforcer assessments to identify effective reinforcers to be used in the treatment of problem behavior. It is also important for clinicians to evaluate the role of negative reinforcers during the assessment process, particularly for individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior. This study summarizes data collected from an indirect assessment about potential negative reinforcers, known as the Questionnaire of nonpreferred Events, Stimuli, and Tasks (QUEST), from twenty-five caregivers of children with severe problem behavior. The results of the assessment were then compared with the outcome of the childs functional analyses. Results indicated that 60% of the time, parents either identified items/events that consistently evoked problem behavior during an escape condition or reported demands were not a concern which was later confirmed during the childs functional analysis. Furthermore, 42.86 % of parents provided information idiosyncratic to their child that informed clinicians on how to design conditions for separate analyses which most reliably evoked problem behavior, such as specific Activities of Daily Living (ADLs), medical procedures, or receiving corrective feedback. The QUEST may be most beneficial to clinicians in identifying these idiosyncrasies prior to beginning the initial functional analysis.

 
Evaluation of a Choice-Based Demand Assessment
SARAH J. MILLER (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Bianca Mack (Marcus Autism Center), Shannon Kennedy Hewett (Marcus Autism Center), Chinedu Okoh (Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta)
Abstract: Demand assessments evaluate the aversiveness of demands, and procedures in the literature heavily weight the occurrence of problem behavior. However, not all individuals in need of treatment engage in active problem behavior. The current study evaluated a choice-based, concurrent operants demand assessment (CODA) that did not include problem behavior in its measurement. However, it was not clear if participants would make a choice when presented with two demands. Experiment 1 evaluated the feasibility of CODA with 10 individuals with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe problem behavior. Results indicated that participants will choose, yielding a hierarchy of preference across demands. Experiment 2 evaluated CODA results by comparing the highest- and lowest-preferred demands using a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement with four participants with developmental delays whose caregivers reported passive non-compliance but not active problem behavior. Results indicate that, for three of four participants, the high-preferred demand maintained more responding. This procedure extends the literature by providing a demand assessment that does not require the occurrence of problem behavior. Implications for future research and clinical applications are discussed.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #378
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Supervision

The National Implementation and Evaluation of Parent Training in Norway

Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D.
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
TERJE OGDEN (Norwegian Center for Child Behavioral Development)
Terje Ogden, Ph.D., is research director at the Norwegian Center for Child Behavioral Development in Oslo, a position he has held since 2003. He is also a professor at the Institute of Psychology, University of Oslo. He is the author of more than one hundred scientific publications, and has written several books and book chapters on the development of child conduct problems, and on the effectiveness and implementation of preventive and therapeutic interventions. He is trained as an educational psychologist and has a Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Bergen on the topic of family-based treatment of serious behavior problems in children and youth. Most of his research centers on the development, evaluation and large scale implementation of interventions targeting children with antisocial and co-occurring problems. The evidence-based interventions aim to strengthen child and family relations, improve parenting skills in order to reduce family conflicts and coercion, promote inclusion and prevent placement out of home. Ogden has also contributed to the efforts of adapting programs to the needs of various groups of children and their families. Ogden is also the project leader of a longitudinal prospective study of the normative behavioral and social development of 1200 Norwegian children from 6 months to school age.
Abstract:

A Norwegian national implementation strategy aimed to test and conduct a large-scale implementation of The Oregon model of Parent Management Training (PMTO) based on Gerald Patterson's Social Interaction and Learning theory. The program targets children with antisocial behavior and co-occurring problems and their families. A randomized trial demonstrated the effectiveness of the program, and identified central moderators, mediators and predictors. Fidelity to the PMTO model was found to predict child behavioral outcomes better than parent-reported treatment alliance. Several parents seemed to manage with shorter interventions, and the "Early Interventions for Children at Risk" program was designed for implementation in the municipalities. In line with findings from a study of the normative development of aggression, this adapted program targets children from the age of 3 years on. In sum, findings confirmed that PMTO principles and components could be successfully transported from US to real-world settings in Norway with sustained positive outcomes and maintenance of competent adherence. PMTO has been tested with positive outcomes in both individual and group trainings and in high and low dosages of treatment. The Norwegian project may serve as an inspiration for the testing and scaling up of evidence-based parenting programs in other countries, particularly in Europe.

Target Audience:

Professionals interested in the effectiveness, implementation, and scaling up of parenting interventions for families with children with antisocial behaviour and co-occurring problem.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the principles and components of a parenting intervention targeting antisocial behavior in children and the process of crossing national and language borders; (2) discuss how these interventions may be implemented and adapted through children's services in order to accommodate the needs of children and families with different characteristics and needs; (3) describe the process of scaling up program delivery with sustainability through continuous training of practitioners and quality assurance to maintain program fidelity.
 
 
Symposium #380
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in Higher Education: Enhancing Student Engagement and Success in Online Learning Formats
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Cheryl J. Davis (Dimensions Consulting; SupervisorABA)
CE Instructor: Debra Berry Malmberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite the popularity of online coursework, little research exists to directly compare pedagogical strategies in the online higher education setting. In this symposium, two studies that investigated the effects of various online pedagogies are presented. In the first study, the authors examined the pair discussion component of interteaching in an online graduate rehabilitation course. The first condition included all key components of interteaching, whereas the second condition involved all components of interteaching, with the exception of pair discussion. The pair discussion condition resulted in higher student quiz scores, and social validity findings indicated the majority of students reported preference for interteaching with the inclusion of the pair discussion component than without. In the second study, a Psychology course was enhanced with elements of gamification (e.g., narrative, badges, goals, feedback). The authors compared the effects of the gamified online instruction to traditional online instruction. Results included mixed findings of effectiveness of the components of gamification compared to traditional online instruction. The implications of these two investigations to online teaching pedagogy will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): higher education, online education, student performance
 
Utilization of Interteaching Technology in Online Education: Tools and Tips for Success
(Applied Research)
JAMES L. SOLDNER (University of Massachusetts Boston), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: Interteaching, an empirically supported behavioral teaching method has been recently and successfully introduced in the college classroom. Historically, most interteaching studies have been conducted in didactic classroom settings. To date, no published interteaching studies have utilized an online course format. Furthermore, no component analysis of the pair discussion component of interteaching has been published. Therefore, the present study was intended to examine the pair discussion component of interteaching in an online graduate rehabilitation course. Two conditions were randomly assigned across participants and sessions. The first condition included all key components of interteaching in which student dyads were placed in breakout rooms to discuss the assigned preparation guide. The second condition involved all components of interteaching, with the exception of pair discussion. In this condition students were placed in breakout rooms to complete the preparation guide on their own. Average student quiz scores were compared across conditions. The pair discussion condition resulted in higher student quiz scores, p < .01. Additionally, social validity findings indicated the majority of students reported preference for interteaching with the inclusion of the pair discussion component than without. Finally, limitations of the present study and future directions for interteaching technology in online education will be discussed.
 
Gamified! An Evaluation of the Effects of Gamification in an Undergraduate Online Course
(Applied Research)
DEBRA BERRY MALMBERG (California State University, Northridge), Jose Solares (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Online education has become increasingly popular, despite research demonstrating reduced communication between students and instructors, reduced student participation, and decreased levels of student engagement as compared to traditional courses (Hrastinski, 2007; Flores-Morador, 2013). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of gamification on numerous student behaviors in an online Psychology course, including: a) student performance on quizzes, b) the percentage of students who completed weekly coursework, c) the percentage of students who met recommended early deadlines, d) the percentage of supplemental materials accessed, e) audience retention of class videos, f) percentage of students who passed the course, and g) the outcomes of a survey derived from the National Survey Student Engagement (NSSE). A group design was used to compare the gamified section (n=328) of the course to a traditional online section (n=356). The pedagogical elements employed in the gamified version of the course were narration, levels, badges, choices, goals, and feedback. The implications of this study for the adoption of gamification in higher education settings will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #381
CE Offered: BACB
'Talent' Management in Organizations and Academia Using Behavioral Assessments
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: OBM/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kyle Featherston (Washington University in St. Louis)
Discussant: Xiaojie Johan Liu (Boston University)
CE Instructor: Kyle Featherston, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium on “‘Talent’ Management in organizations and academia using behavioral assessments”, will include empirical reports of research in Organizational Behavior. The scope of the presentations spans across behavioral aspects of individuals, groups and organizations. The first presentation presents three different instruments that can be used to appropriately match employees to jobs including the decision-making instrument, perspective-taking instrument, and occupational interest scale. Thereby, improving the hiring, employee development, performance management processes. The second presentation explores how understanding the inherent interest required to be successful in academia can help aspiring academics make better career choices. The paper compares the interests of academics with those of aspiring academics- graduate students and postdoctoral fellows. The paper also discusses the possible approach to alleviate the problem of low supply of open academic positions and a large demand for it. Both presentations present ways to successfully match candidates to jobs using assessments. The basis for this work is derived from understanding the inherent characteristics of the jobs and people who are successfully performing them.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assessments, Career matching, Decision Making, Interests
 
Talent Management to Help Organizations Thrive Using the Behavioral Developmental Model of Hierarchical Complexity
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Harvard School of Public Health), Sarthak Giri (Dare Association)
Abstract: A successful organization must have a well-developed talent management process that supports its employees through the entire employee life cycle: 1) recruitment, 2) development, 3) performance management, and 4) effective reinforcement. The instruments developed by Dr. Michael Lamport Commons are effective in providing unique insights into better understanding and supporting employees. The instruments are 1) Decision Making instrument and 2) Perspective Taking instrument 3) Occupational interests scale. Decision making or problem-solving scores help assess an employee’s ability to reason and make decisions of different difficulty. Perspective taking scores help assess how well an employee understands social situations and people’s actions. The Holland scale identifies the relative reinforcement value of engaging in different categories of work activities. These three scores give companies comprehensive knowledge of the Hierarchical Complexity stage of job performance and occupational interests. This could help companies manage human resources, develop employees and shape the future organizational structure.
 

Isolating Occupational Interests of Academics to Identify Metrics of Success

Saranya Ramakrishnan (Harvard School of Public Health), Sarthak Giri (Dare Association), PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University), Michelle Mei (Smith College)
Abstract:

One of the main problems that most academics face is the classic economic problem of supply and demand: the disproportionate number of Ph.D candidates and Postdocs seeking permanent academic positions (supply), the available academic positions (demand). This has created competition amongst aspiring graduates as they scramble to advance in academia. While other studies examine external factors that give these graduates a competitive edge, they fail to identify whether the candidates actually have the right interests to thrive in academia. Using the Core Complexity Solutions (CCS) Holland Interest Scale, this study identifies that academics are high in Social (S), Artistic (A) and Investigative (I) interests. The frequency of the SAI trend is 56% in group 1 (professors) and only 36% in group 2 (Ph.D., Postdocs). Of the six interests, the highest interests of group 1 (professors) members were never Enterprising or Conventional. However, highest interests of group 2 members ranged across all six interests.Understanding this information would also help students understand if academia is the correct career choice for them even before pursuing a doctoral degree. This only leaves a limited number of aspiring graduates to pursue academia, thus alleviating the supply side of the problem.

 
 
Symposium #382
CE Offered: BACB
Issues in the Visual Analysis of Single-Case Research Data
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G
Area: PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina)
CE Instructor: Katie Wolfe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Visual analysis is a cornerstone of single-case research, which is the primary methodology used in applied behavior analysis. The three data-based papers in this symposium will explore various issues related to the visual analysis of single-case data. The first paper will examine how authors have described visual analysis procedures and how visual analysis compares selected to non-overlap indices using the literature on parent-implemented function-based interventions. The second paper will evaluate the interrater agreement among experts and between experts and the conservative dual-criterion method (CDC; Fisher, Kelley, & Lomas, 2003) on published multiple baseline designs. The third paper will describe the development of a systematic protocol for the visual analysis and a group design study to evaluate the effects of the protocol on interrater agreement in visual analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): interrater reliability, single-case research, single-subject research, visual analysis
 

Evaluating Visual Analysis and Non-Overlap Indices Using the Literature on Parent Implemented Interventions

(Applied Research)
ERIN E. BARTON (Vanderbilt University), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Angel Fettig (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Abstract:

Single case research (SCR) has a long history of being used to evaluate behavioral interventions and identify evidence-based practices. Visual analysis is the gold standard for the evaluation of single case data. However, visual analysis might limit the ability of researchers to quantitatively aggregate and compare the magnitude of findings across studies to evaluate evidence-based practices. Further, although multiple protocols for visual analysis exist, the procedures are not standardized, which might lead to differences in conclusions about functional relations. Several computational methods have been developed and are increasingly being applied to SCR to provide a quantitative summary of the effects. Criticisms of these methods point to their inability to account for replication or magnitude, likely disagreement with visual analysis, failure to correct or account for typical data patterns (e.g., trend) or serial dependency. The purpose of the current presentation is to summarize the literature and evaluate the visual analysis procedures used across the literature on parent implemented functional assessment (FA) based interventions. Results indicated that visual analysis terms were inconsistently used across studies. Further, visual analysis procedures were described inconsistently and with few details. The non-overlap indices were unlikely to agree with the authors independent visual analysis of the results.

 
An Evaluation of the Agreement Among Expert Visual Analysts and the Conservative Dual Criterion Method
(Theory)
KATIE WOLFE (University of South Carolina), Michael Seaman (University of South Carolina), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Phillip Sherlock (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: Visual analysis remains the predominant method of analysis in single-case research (SCR). However, research on the reliability of visual analysis has produced mixed results, with most studies finding poor agreement between visual analysts. This has led to the development of structured criteria for the analysis of SCR data, such as the conservative dual criterion method (CDC; Fisher, Kelley, & Lomas, 2003). In this study, we evaluated agreement a) among 52 expert visual analysts and b) between the visual analysts and the CDC method on 31 published multiple baseline designs at level of the individual tier (or baseline) and the functional relation. All participants were editorial board members of SCR journals and self-reported that they had published at least five SCR articles. Results suggest that interrater agreement among experts was minimally adequate for both types of decisions (tier, mean kappa = .61; functional relation, mean kappa = .58), and when the CDC was treated as a rater, its mean agreement was similar (mean kappa = .61). On graphs for which there was expert consensus (>80% agreement), the CDC method agreed 97% of the time. Additional secondary findings will be discussed along with implications for training and future research on visual analysis.
 

Evaluating a Systematic Visual Analysis Protocol for the Analysis of Single-Case Research

(Theory)
KATIE WOLFE (University of South Carolina), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Abstract:

Several studies have reported poor agreement among visual analysts. One way to improve reliability may be to standardize the process of visual analysis. To that end, we developed a systematic protocol that consists of a series of questions, and that calculates a score from 0 (no functional relation) to 5 (strong functional relation) based on the analysts responses. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether the protocol improves reliability compared with a rating scale. To date, 16 students and faculty who have taken a course on single-case research have participated (data collection is ongoing). We randomly assigned participants to the control group (n=9) or the protocol group (n=7). All participants rated 8 single-case graphs using the rating scale (pretest), and then rated the same graphs again using the rating scale or the protocol (posttest). We calculated the intraclass correlation coefficient for each group at each time point. At pretest, agreement was much higher in the control group compared to the protocol group. Both groups reliability improved at posttest, but the change for the protocol group was much larger, indicating that the protocol may improve reliability. Full results will be discussed along with implications for training and future research.

 
 
Panel #383
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Responsibilities of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst: Maintaining Professional Identity as an Interdisciplinary Team Member
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jessica Franco, Ph.D.
Chair: Lupe Castaneda (Behavior Pathways, LLC)
JESSICA FRANCO (University of Texas at Austin)
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Autism Community Network)
MEGAN G. KUNZE (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has long held a prominent role in evidence based practices for children with autism. Continued growth in numbers of professionals adapting and learning ABA practices, calls Board Certified Behavior Analysts to be ethically responsible for the fidelity of the analysis and science behind behavioral interventions. Ignoring this responsibility puts our field at further risk of scrutiny, misinterpretation and folklore. According to the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts by the BACB (2014), “Behavior analysts have an obligation to the science of behavior and the profession of behavior analysis”. The panel will discuss: a) the ethical requirements posed to all certificates under this code of ethics, b) their unique experiences and ethical roles with interdisciplinary teaming in assessment, intervention services, university faculty, and supervision, and c) how the growing demand for certified practitioners may impact the future of ABA practices, other disciplines and our ethical responsibilities to our clients.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, collaboration, ethics, interdisciplinary
 
 
Invited Paper Session #384
CE Offered: BACB

Translational Research Using Laboratory Models of Persistence and Relapse

Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D.
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (Florida Institute of Technology)
Chris received his BA in psychology from West Virginia University, his Master's and Ph.D. in psychology from Utah State University, and gained postdoctoral research experience in behavioral pharmacology at The University of Michigan. He was a faculty member at The University of Auckland in New Zealand and still holds a position of Honorary Academic there. His research interests mainly involve understanding the role of fundamental learning processes in behavioral persistence and relapse, with an emphasis on translational research. His clinical research interests are in understanding the behavioral processes involved in the maintenance and treatment of severe problem behavior. Chris is currently an Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He also is program chair and president-elect of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, board member of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and received both the 2011 B. F. Skinner Early Career Award from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association and the 2016 Federation of Associations in Behavior and Brain Sciences Early Career Impact Award for the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
Abstract:

Persistent problem behavior with a propensity to relapse poses challenges to behavioral practitioners to develop more effective and durable treatments. Designing better treatments is difficult because a wide range of events contribute to behavioral persistence and relapse. Translational research offers a wide range of tools for isolating the processes involved in recurrent problem behavior and exploiting those processes when developing treatments. Basic research geared toward understanding problems of practical significance offers well-controlled conditions from which to assess systematically and thoroughly the learning and behavioral processes underlying treatment failures and successes. I will discuss how my colleagues and I have used basic research to understand the processes involved in the challenges of treating clinically relevant behavior.

Target Audience:

Masters and Doctoral level BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) apply basic research in resurgence and reinstatement to the treatment of problem behavior.; (2) deign interventions for problem behavior that diminish the likelihood of relapse; (3) describe basic research in resurgence and reinstatement.
 
 
Symposium #385
CE Offered: BACB
From Diploma to Behavior Analyst – Educating Our Next Generation
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas Ratkos (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
CE Instructor: Thomas Ratkos, M.A.
Abstract: As the science and practice of behavior analysis grow, more and more programs have been created to meet the demand. Existing programs are growing, adapting, and changing over time as well. This symposium is a joint effort of two research teams that have investigated various aspects of undergraduate and graduate training. One paper will present what literature that members of the field believe is essential for undergraduates seeking to enter practice or graduate programs. The second paper examines the state of graduate training programs. Best practices for ‘raising’ the next generation of behavior analysts must be developed using an evidenced-based approach. If we are able to raise standards and take a thoughtful approach to how we train undergraduates and graduate students, we will build a foundation for our discipline to grow broad and strong. Our discussant will review these papers coming from a background of a career teaching undergraduate students the concepts and principles of behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): education, graduate training, teaching, undergraduate training
 
Essential Readings for Undergraduate Students in Behavior Analysis: A Survey of Behavior Analytic Faculty and Practitioners
THOMAS RATKOS (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Ryan M. Zayac (University of North Alabama), Nathan Donahue (University of North Alabama), Amber Paulk (University of North Alabama), Mary Ware (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: A growing need for individuals with behavior analytic training at the undergraduate level has led to an increase in baccalaureate programs with a strong behavior analytic focus. Although research has been conducted examining essential and assigned readings at the graduate level, no research to date has focused on identifying suggested readings that should be a focal point of undergraduate training programs. The purpose of the present study was to identify what individuals from across the behavior analytic field believe are essential readings for undergraduate students as they prepare for employment in the field or admission into graduate programs. Respondents were asked to provide answers to a variety of questions about essential readings in the field and whether these would be critical to undergraduate training. This paper presents those texts that were deemed essential, as well as areas where opinions varied.
 

Evaluation of Behavior-Analytic Training Content by Behavior Analysis Program Coordinators

JAMES W. DILLER (Eastern Connecticut State University), Dana Blydenburg (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract:

This study investigated the perceptions of program coordinators of Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) approved course sequences. A survey about the content of these training programs was distributed via a BACB listserv, and 49 program directors responded. They reported on the coverage of an array of behavior-analytic content and the sources of their course readings. These participants also indicated whether content area coverage was sufficient, too little, or too much. There were many program directors who reported that particular areas do not have sufficient coverage (e.g., Behavioral Pharmacology, Biological Bases of Behavior, Organizational Behavior Management). Furthermore, several program directors reported that their course sequence does not adequately prepare students in basic research. These results suggest that the evaluation of behavior-analytic training content may be warranted to train well-rounded behavior-analytic professionals.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #386
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Role of Joint Control in Teaching Complex Listener Responding to Children With Autism and Other Disabilities

Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Vincent Joseph Carbone, Ed.D.
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic)
Vincent J. Carbone, Ed.D., is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst-Doctorate and New York State Licensed Behavior Analyst. He received his graduate training in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Drake University, Des Moines, Iowa, under the supervision of W. Scott Wood. He received a doctorate in education from Nova Southeastern University, Ft Lauderdale, FL. He currently serves as an adjunct faculty member at Penn State University and the graduate programs in Behavior Analysis offered by IESCUM, in Parma, Italy, and at the University of Salerno, Salerno, Italy. His behavior analytic research has been published in several peer-reviewed journals including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Modification, Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders and others. He has provided the requisite university training and supervision to hundreds of board certified behavior analysts in the U.S. and overseas. Currently, he serves as the director of the Carbone Clinics in New York and the Boston, MA, area. Additionally, he serves as the director of the Carbone Clinic in Dubai, UAE. All clinics provide behavior analytic consultation, training and therapeutic services to children with autism and developmental disabilities, families and their treatment teams.
Abstract:

Skinner's (1957) analysis of language has much to offer clinicians interested in teaching verbal behavior to persons with autism. Much of the research in this area has emphasized the teaching of speaker behavior with less work dedicated to a thorough analysis of the contingencies operating on the behavior of the listener. Possibly due to this lack of attention, cognitive explanations of comprehension, understanding, and word recognition have persisted. A special form of multiple control called joint stimulus control may provide an alternative and cogent behavioral analysis of complex listener behavior. The purpose of this presentation is to provide an overview of the conceptual analysis of joint control and the basic and applied research that has followed. Video demonstrations of the teaching of joint control with participants from a recently published study and additional clinical applications will be presented to illustrate the implementation of joint control procedures in applied settings.

Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, Educators, Psychologists, Speech-Language Pathologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the concept of joint control; (2) explain the role of verbal mediation in the development of complex listener behavior; (3) to list at least five skills that can be taught to children with autism using joint control procedures.
 
 
Symposium #387
CE Offered: BACB
Making the Most of Natural Learning Opportunities for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Ninci (University of Hawaii at Manoa)
Discussant: Patricia Sheehey (University of Hawaii at Manoa)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ninci, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder characteristically have difficulties with generalizing acquired skills across contexts. Therefore, instructional practices often require explicit generalization programming strategies (e.g., incidental teaching, training natural behavior change agents, teaching multiple exemplars, programming common stimuli) to promote meaningful behavior change in children with autism. This symposium includes four data-based presentations and an overall discussion on creating natural learning opportunities for children with autism. Two of the presentations in this symposium, a single-case research study and a correlational study, primarily have implications for training parents and other natural change agents to use behavior analytic strategies. Data on parent and corresponding child outcomes are included. The other two presentations in this symposium, a single-case research study and a systematic review of the literature, primarily have implications for using naturalistic teaching and other generalization strategies alongside instructor-led teaching with massed discrete trials to promote learning. Data on skill acquisition and generalization are included. These presentations address teaching various skills to children including expressive language (e.g., tacting), receptive language (e.g., receptive identification), and adaptive skills (e.g., brushing teeth). This symposium will be useful for attendees with an interest in promoting early skill development and generalization for young learners with autism and other developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Acquisition, DTT, Naturalistic, Parent Training
 

Child Reciprocal Vocal Contingency and Concurrent Language-Related Characteristics in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

AMY HARBISON (Vanderbilt University), Paul J. Yoder (Vanderbilt University), Anne Warlaumont (University of California, Merced)
Abstract:

Child reciprocal vocal contingency (CRVC) refers to the childs participation in reciprocal vocal interactions, which might aid speech and language development in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Applied to CRVC, a positive operant contingency occurs when the probability of child vocalization after adult vocal responses is greater than the probability of child vocalizations after other antecedent events. In this study, we propose a novel measure of vocal reciprocity that provides an index for the contingency of child vocalizations on adult response to the immediately preceding child vocalization. We used automated vocal analysis and 3-event (child vocalization -> adult vocalization -> child vocalization) sequential analysis to measure CRVC from 2 naturalistic, daylong vocal samples from 21 low-verbal toddlers and preschoolers with ASD and nearby adults. These long vocal samples produced statistically significant (p < .001) average CRVC scores with a large effect size relative to zero (Cohens d = 2.8) that were stable across 2 days (ICC = .78), and concurrently correlated with consonant inventory in communication acts, even when chance sequencing of vocalizations was controlled (partial r = .59). Diverse consonant use in vocal communication is a vital part of a versatile expressive vocabulary. More research on CRVC is warranted.

 

Programming for Generalization of Parent-Implemented Behavioral Interventions for Children With Autism

Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Felicia Castro-Villarreal (University of Texas at San Antonio), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), DAIRA RODRIGUEZ (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to evaluate a clinic based training package on parent generalization of applied behavior analytic (ABA) interventions to their home. Three parents of children with autism were taught to implement an ABA intervention using behavioral skills training plus video-based performance feedback. A multiple-probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of the parent training on the parents� implementation fidelity, as measured by the percentage of accurately completed items within a procedural fidelity checklist. Distal effects on child completion of target adaptive skill independence was evaluated. Results demonstrated that all parents met the pre-set performance criterion of 90% implementation fidelity within five sessions. Parent fidelity maintained at levels above baseline during follow-up phase. Preliminary child data indicates increased independence in completion of the adaptive skill. These results suggest that parent training using behavior skills training plus video-based feedback may be an effective method of promoting adaptive skill development in natural settings for children with autism spectrum disorder.

 

Use of Preferred Targets in Early Receptive Identification Programs for Children With Autism

JENNIFER NINCI (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder characteristically demonstrate interest in a restricted range of activities and often fail to respond to alternative environmental stimuli. These characteristics act as a barrier to learning important life skills. Strategies that motivate learners with autism to engage in alternative activities warrant development and exploration. One such strategy is incorporating interests into the learning environment to establish motivation and promote participation. The purpose of this single-case research study was to evaluate the use of interests as receptive identification targets for children with autism in the context of an intervention with added components. Overall outcomes demonstrate added effects of the embedded interest condition that correspond to increases in various indicators of engagement and generalization for two participants, while a third participants data is inconclusive. The outcomes of this study have implications for sequencing educational objectives and adding naturalistic intervention components to promote skill acquisition and generalization in early language learning programs for children with autism.

 

Research-Based Approaches to Promoting Generalization When Using Discrete-Trial Training

MARY JO NOONAN (University of Hawaii)
Abstract:

Discrete-Trial Training (DTT) is an applied behavior analysis application for teaching new skills to young children with autism. It is one of the first behavioral and data-based approaches that has been described in the literature as highly successful for children with autism. A concern frequently cited in the literature on DTT, however, is that the isolated and repetitive structure of DTT results in skill acquisition without generalization. This presentation will describe the current research-base of DTT studies that have incorporated generalization strategies, including multiple exemplar training; introduce to natural maintaining contingencies; NET/incidental and milieu teaching; mediate generalization; program common stimuli; and general case instruction. We will also illustrate modifications to DTT interventions derived from the research literature. These illustrations will be supported by child data on skill acquisition and generalization. We will conclude with a discussion of challenges and recommendations for addressing generalization on a regular basis for children receiving DTT.

 
 
Symposium #388
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in the Treatment of Anxiety and Avoidance in Children and Adolescents With Autism During Healthcare Visits and Routines
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Healthcare visits and routines often evoke anxiety or avoidance responses by children and adolescents with autism. These responses interfere with the provision of medical or hygiene care and might result in the use of restrictive procedures or medications. Research on treatments for problem behavior that occurs during healthcare visits and routines is limited. The current symposium includes four papers directed toward filling this gap in the literature. In the first paper, the authors developed and evaluated procedures for identifying and treating anxiety across a variety of health-related contexts. In the second paper, the authors treated phobia of physical examinations with a simulated physician and observed generalization to the childs pediatrician. In the third paper, the authors assessed the function of problem behavior and evaluated the effects of a dentist-implemented intervention on problem behavior during routine dental exams. In the fourth paper, the authors evaluated procedures to increase cooperation with routine fingernail grooming and observed generalization to the adolescents father.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): anxiety, avoidance, healthcare routines, medical care
 

Treatment of Anxiety in Individuals With Autism

Brittany Noyes (New England Center for Children), WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Many individuals diagnosed with autism also are reported to have anxiety. From a behavior analytic perspective, anxiety is an emotion (part of which is a private event) consisting of a group of responses emitted and/or elicited in the presence of a specific stimulus that signals an upcoming aversive event. Treatment of anxiety often consists of procedures such as exposure, modeling, and differential reinforcement. The purpose of the current study was to develop a method for identifying and treating anxiety in children with autism. Three individuals with autism were asked to complete a behavioral chain which historically evoked anxious responding to identify whether or not it was likely that anxious responding reliably occurred. Subsequently, anxious responses were treated via prompting and reinforcing incompatible responding (i.e., relaxation) using shaping and gradually exposing the participant to anxiety-evoking stimuli while prompting the incompatible responding. A multiple baseline across contexts design was used. Results of the research showed that individuals tolerated anxiety evoking contexts with minimal to no problem behavior after intervention. Interobserver data were collected in a minimum of 33% of all conditions and mean total agreement was always above 85%.

 

Treating the Physician Avoidance of a Child With Autism Using Chaining and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior

MELISSA DRIFKE (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Kimberly Gussy-Fragakis (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Margaret Rachel Gifford (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Madelynn Lillie (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Phobias involve both elements of respondent conditioning (elicitation of emotional behavior) and operant conditioning (avoidance behavior) and successful treatment should involve addressing both elements. In the current study we were referred a young child with autism who engaged in severe problem behavior associated with physician visits. We addressed both operant and respondent components of this behavior problem by (a) conducting a task analysis of a physician visit with physical, (b) differentially reinforcing compliance with each step of the task analysis, and (c) gradually increasing the task requirement to obtain reinforcement within a simulated physicians office environment. Following mastery level compliance with simulated physical examinations with multiple-exemplar physicians, we observed successful generalization to the childs pediatrician conducting a physical in their office.

 

Application of a Trial-Based Functional Analysis to Problem Behavior Exhibited by Children With Autism in a Dental Setting

Purnima Hernandez (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), JACQUELINE MERY-CARROW (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Oral healthcare is essential for the maintenance of healthy teeth throughout an individual�s lifespan. For most individuals, complex dental procedures such as fillings and root canals can be challenging events. For children with autism, even a simple dental procedure, such as an exam, can be difficult and might result in problem behavior that interferes with the delivery of dental treatment. Although problem behavior exhibited during complex dental procedures may serve an escape function, assuming escape as the sole function for problem behavior during routine dental cleanings might result in less than adequate interventions. The purpose of this study was to (a) identify putative functions of problem behavior exhibited by three children with autism during a routine dental exam in a dental setting; (b) evaluate the efficacy of having a pediatric dentist and trained dental office staff conduct a trial-based functional analysis; and (c) evaluate the effects of an intervention package on problem behavior and successful completion of a routine dental exam. Results of the study indicated that problem behavior was maintained by social negative reinforcement (escape) for all participants and that problem behavior for two participants might have been maintained by escape to attention. Compliance for all participants increased and dental exams were successfully completed with the introduction of an intervention package that addressed putative functions.

 

Increasing Cooperation With Routine Fingernail Grooming

Meghan Deshais (University of Florida), LISA GUERRERO (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Many children with disabilities engage in uncooperative behavior (e.g., noncompliance, problem behavior) during routine hygiene and healthcare procedures (Collado, Faulks, & Hennequin, 2008; Ellis, Alai-Rosales, Glenn, Rosales-Ruiz, J., & Greenspoon, 2006; Schumacher & Rapp, 2011). Uncooperative behavior and avoidance responses during these procedures might have detrimental implications for the childs health (Collado et al., 2008) and might result in the use of restrictive procedures or medication (Shabani & Fisher, 2006). Caregivers of children with disabilities frequently report difficulty grooming their childrens fingernails. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the procedures of Shabani and Fisher (2006) to routine fingernail grooming with an adolescent diagnosed with autism. Our results indicated that differential reinforcement alone was insufficient to reduce avoidance behavior during fingernail grooming. Differential reinforcement plus stimulus fading produced low to zero levels of avoidance responses, problem behavior, and negative vocalizations during fingernail grooming. These findings are consistent with those reported by Shabani and Fisher (2006). Additionally, behavioral skills training (based on Marcus, Swanson, & Vollmer, 2001) was used to teach the participants father to implement the treatment procedures. Implications for clinical practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #389
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Learning to Play and Playing to Learn
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
Discussant: Andrew John Houvouras (Applying Behavior Concepts)
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.A.
Abstract:

Play is one of the core deficits of children with autism. Impairments in play impact communication and language, cognition, and social and emotional interactions. Appropriate independent and sociodramatic play skills are critical to the development of social skills. Children who do not learn to play may miss out on opportunities for social interactions due to observable differences in their play. Increasing appropriate play has been shown to increase language skills while decreasing stereotopy and other problem behaviors. Play is an integral part of the development of typically developing children and should be an emphasis in behavioral intervention for children with autism. The ACI Play Protocol incorporates a systematic approach to teaching preschool-aged children appropriate play skills and language. Play components, which include appropriate play with figures (dolls/stuffed animals), adults, and peers are taught using individualized treatment packages. Specific skills included abstract play with and without objects, rotating between play schemes, combining items from 2 or more play schemes, initiating, responding and expanding on current play targets.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Assessing Typical Children's Imaginary Play to More Effectively Program for Children With Autism

NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

There is a connection between high quality play and cognitive competence, language acquisition, and proficiencies in social abilities for individuals with autism. Wolery, 2002, states more appropriate intervention strategies are identified through assessment of play. Interventions to increase one aspect of play for children with autism have been the focus in the field of behavior analysis. Studies have utilized a variety of interventions (antecedent manipulations, system of least prompts, video modeling) to increase the complexity of functional play, decrease stereotopy, or engage in pretend play schemes. Play should be a separate domain and used as the primary emphasis in assessing and program development for children with autism (Lifter, K. 2011). Learning the play activities and corresponding vocalizations of typical peers identifies developmentally appropriate programming for individuals with autism. The purpose of this study was to assess the pretend play skills of typically developing preschool-age children, ages 2 -5. Typically developing boys and girls were video-taped playing in a designated play room with 15 play schemes (e.g. ice cream shop, camping) engaging in independent and sociodramatic play opportunities. Researchers coded the play using a specified developmental play sequence to identify the play actions and vocalizations across the age spans.

 

Teaching the Foundational Components of Pretend Play to Children With Autism

MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Research identifies a number of complex stages in the typical developmental sequence of play (e.g. pretend-self, single scheme sequences). Teaching children diagnosed with autism appropriate play skills requires isolating the individual components within each stage of play to acquire, maintain and generalize the target skill. Deficits in play are linked to poor social relationships, limited expressive language and high rates of stereotypic behavior. The purpose of this study was to utilize the developmental sequence of play and evaluate the effectiveness of teaching a series of 9 components encompassing the first developmental stage of play. Least-to-most prompting was used to teach single play actions and vocalizations to 3 male children diagnosed with autism, ages 3-5. All 3 children were taught play actions to self, to figures, and acting as the figures across 3 categories; familiar (e.g. brush hair), observed (e.g. hold phone to ear), and community (e.g. give baby a shot). Abstract play, responding and initiating exchanges with peers were also targeted throughout the 9 components. A multiple baseline across participants was conducted. The outcome of this study demonstrated the efficacy of the 9 teaching components as steps to teach all 3 children single play actions with corresponding vocalizations.

 
Teaching a Sequence of Play Actions and Vocalizations to a Child Using Speech Generating Devices
WHITNEY WEHRKAMP (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract: Speech-generating devices (SGDs) are electronic augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) that have assisted non/limited-vocal individuals to effectively mand. SGDs have also aided learners in expanding their verbal repertoires to include tacts and intraverbals, but have not been included in the acquisition of play skills. Research has established a correlation between language development and play skills. The inability to emit vocal output serves as a limiting factor in language and social development. SGDs should be incorporated in all areas of programming, including play and socialization. The purpose of this study was to teach a four year old non-vocal boy with autism to respond, initiate and expand on a peer’s play action utilizing a SGD to emit vocalizations. Three different play schemes were taught using a forward chain consisting of play actions and corresponding vocalizations. Maintenance and generalization probes were conducted. The outcome of this study demonstrates the effectiveness of using SGDs during play skills to improve appropriate engagement with toys, language skills, and socialization with peers.
 

The Use of PlayTubs™ to Teach Children With Autism to Expand Appropriate Play Sequences

MOLLIE ANN RICHERT (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Children with autism are often able to emit functional play skills under contrived circumstances, supporting that the deficit in spontaneous play is due to the acquisition, rather than the production of play. Individuals diagnosed with autism commonly engage in perseverative and stereotypic play. The purpose of this study was to utilize the developmental sequence of play and evaluate the effectiveness of using a systematic approach delineated into 9 teachable components. Individualized treatment packages incorporated the use of behavioral interventions including priming, script fading, or video modeling. Each participant was taught 7 play actions and corresponding vocalizations including responding, initiating, and expanding play while rotating and combining play schemes. A multiple baseline across participants study was conducted with 3 males diagnosed with autism, ages 5, 5 and 6. The outcome of this study demonstrated the efficacy of the 9 teachable components (independent play, active figure play and play with peers) from the developmental sequence of play to teach a chain of 7 actions and corresponding vocalizations to all 3 participants.

 
 
Symposium #392
CE Offered: BACB
Trial-Based FAs That Yield Socially Valid Outcomes: Applying What We Know to How We Practice
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Joseph Michael Lambert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Trial-based functional analyses (FA) are highly pragmatic assessments because programmed trials are brief and experimental control can be established following minimal problem behavior. Given these advantages, trial-based FAs appear to be particularly well suited for teachers confronted with persistent challenging behavior in schools. Notwithstanding, relatively few studies have highlighted practical applications of trial-based FAs and little is known about how best to use this technology to generate optimal outcomes in applied settings. The first presenter will highlight a streamlined approach to data analysis that allows a single practitioner to serve as both therapist and data collector while using latency-based FA data as baseline for a systematic and comprehensive treatment validation process. The second presenter will highlight data extending this intervention model to a two-component compound-schedules trial-based FA conducted in a public classroom with other children present. The third presenter will discuss recent advances in synthesized contingency analyses, will highlight advantages of these analyses in school settings, and will present data demonstrating how these analyses might be conducted within a trial-based framework. The final presenter will highlight ways to triangulate the results of indirect, descriptive, and experimental analyses (including trial-based FAs) during the functional behavior assessment process in school settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Functional analysis, school, synthesis, trial-based
 
Teacher Conducted Latency-Based FA and Intervention in Classroom Setting
JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University), Sarah Lopano (Vanderbilt University), Christina F. Noel (Western Kentucky University), Meaghan Ritchie (Western Kentucky University)
Abstract: Latency-based functional analyses (FA) meet the standard of experimental control while evoking a fraction of the problem behavior commonly observed during traditional FAs. Furthermore, conclusions about treatment efficacy drawn from analysis of response latencies appear to correspond well with conclusions drawn from analysis of response rates; making latency-based FAs viable baseline measures for subsequent latency-based treatment evaluations. Because collecting data on response latencies can be less effortful than collecting rate-based data, it may be possible for a single person to collect data while implementing FAs. If so, latency-based approaches to assessment and data analysis could decrease stakeholder concerns about safety and feasibility; commonly hypothesized barriers to FA implementation in school settings. We trained a first-year special education teacher to collect data while she implemented a latency-based FA of a target child’s severe challenging behavior in her classroom. She then validated a function-based individualized levels system designed to address the child’s multiply controlled challenging behavior. Treatment effects generalized across paraeducators and maintained during a one-month follow up.
 

Latency Measures From Trial-Based FA as Baseline for Subsequent Treatment Validation

LAUREN LEJEUNE (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Christopher Lemons (Vanderbilt University), Rachel Mottern (Vanderbilt University), Barbara Wisniewski (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Trial-based functional analysis (FA) procedures are a promising alternative to standard FA procedures when concerns about safety and/or sustained control over environmental variables are raised. However, research on teacher implemented trial-based FAs is limited and it is unclear how to use trial-based FA results as baseline for subsequent treatment evaluations; especially when challenging behavior is multiply controlled. The purpose of the current study was to train a public school teacher to conduct a trial-based FA while tracking latency to first response during each segment of each trial. During intervention, we used latencies to desired, and challenging, behavior from the onset of relevant establishing operations (EO; collected during the trial-based FA) as baseline for subsequent treatment validation procedures in which we systematically synthesized treatment components for each verified function into a single intervention. The teacher conducted 30 trial-based FA trials (10 trials per condition) with fidelity, and intervention was effective at reducing problem behavior and increasing replacement behaviors for our participant. Additionally, teacher report suggested that the results and procedures were socially valid.

 

The Use of Synthesized Contingencies in Trial-Based Functional Analysis

Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), EMILY GREGORI (Purdue University), SoYeon Kim (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Recent research has begun to explore variations in functional analysis methodologies including the use of trial-based models and more recently the use of synthesized contingencies in functional analysis of challenging behavior. In a synthesized contingency, multiple putative reinforcers are delivered simultaneously contingent upon challenging behavior. This is in contrast to more traditional functional analysis methodologies in which the each putative reinforce is delivered individually. Thus far, this research has produced mixed results regarding the validity of synthesized functional analyses with synthesized contingencies. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate an efficient and sensitive functional analysis model which capitalizes on a trial-based format with both synthesized and individual contingency analyses. Functional analysis procedures and results for participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The validity of the functional analysis results were assessed in a match-to-treatment fashion. Implications for future research and practice are presented.

 

An Application of Trial Based Functional Analysis With Secondary Demand Analysis in a Preschool Setting

NATALIE BADGETT (University of Washington), Scott A . Spaulding (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Trial based functional analysis (TBFA) is a variation of functional analysis methods where brief trials across control and test conditions are interspersed within naturally occurring routines. This experimental analysis is particularly well suited for identifying the function of problem behavior in general education classrooms, and it can be implemented by teachers following minimal training. However, other functional assessment methods involving indirect and descriptive approaches are more common in educational settings, and there is not yet consensus about which assessment approach may be most appropriate in these contexts. We conducted functional assessment/analysis using four methods (indirect, descriptive, trial-based, and traditional functional analysis) with a 5-year-old female diagnosed with autism in an inclusive preschool classroom. Using the data from our four assessments, we (a) conducted a demand analysis of instruction and transitions within the TBFA to identify the function of the problem behavior and (b) implemented functional communication training within a reversal design to confirm the TBFA-identified function. Our results demonstrated a functional relation for a single behavior. These findings allow comparison of results across different methods of assessment, show how intervention can validate TBFA findings, and illustrate how follow-up analyses can improve the sensitivity of TBFA data in the classroom.

 
 
Symposium #394
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Teaching and Assessing Observational Learning in Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium highlights three recent studies evaluating variables that affect the assessment and treatment of observational learning deficits by people with autism and developmental disabilities. In the first study, researchers compared the use of adult models versus peer models on the learning of long response chains via observational learning. All participants showed faster acquisition in the presence of peer models as opposed to adult models. In the second study, observational learning responses including attending, imitation, delayed imitation, and consequence discrimination were first assessed in all participants. A multiple baseline design across five tasks (i.e., hidden item, computer game, academic, construction toy, and building) was used to evaluate the effects of video modeling on the acquisition of observational learning responses. Post training measures showed that all participants learned to engage in observational learning responses across all five tasks with the implementation of the video model. In the final study, researchers incorporated known and unknown stimuli into observational learning training. When targets known to the participant were used, participants learned to continue to respond correctly despite correct and incorrect responses modeled by adults. When targets unknown to participants were used, participants learned to imitate modeled responses that were followed by reinforcement, and to say, I dont know when modeled responses were followed by punishment. All three studies demonstrate the importance of evaluating factors that contribute to observational learning and the value of incorporating observational learning protocols into instruction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment, discrimination training, modeling, observational learning
 

Comparing the Efficacy of Peer Versus Staff Models on Observational Learning in Adults With Developmental Disorders

MARIELA CASTRO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

We compared the effectiveness of a peer and staff model on observational learning by four adults with developmental disabilities. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of a staff-as-model and peer-as-model condition. Results indicated that all four participants acquired the skill at a faster rate in the peer-as-model condition. Generalization and maintenance of the skills acquired with both models was also evaluated. Implications of programming for observational learning in education and habilitation settings are discussed.

 

Assessing Observational Learning With Video Models in Children Diagnosed With Autism

LESLIE QUIROZ (The New England Center for Children), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Observational learning is a critical repertoire that is likely necessary for the acquisition of certain social behavior and learning in educational settings. Catania (2013) defined observational learning (OL) as learning from observing anothers behavior and subsequently emitting behavior based upon the consequences that followed the models behavior. Although OL occurs early in typically developing children, research has found that OL may be limited in children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In MacDonald and Ahearn (2015) following an assessment of prerequisite skills for OL (attending, imitation, delayed imitation, and consequence discrimination), these skills were taught with prompting and reinforcement to children with an ASD who did not reliably demonstrate OL to produce OL across a variety of tasks. The purpose of this project is to replicate the assessment and treatment procedures in MacDonald and Ahearn and to examine whether OL can be assessed with video modeling. Following assessment of OL skills, three participants diagnosed with an ASD acquired OL with video modeling and demonstrated across- and within-task generalization. IOA was calculated in 33% of sessions across participants with a mean of 98%.

 
The Discrimination of Consequences: Incorporating Known and Unknown Targets During Observational Learning
BRITTANY TOMASI (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: We conducted a replication and extension of DeQuinzio and Taylor (2015). We used a multiple-baseline-design across three participants to determine the effects of discrimination training on the discrimination of consequences applied to modeled responses in the presence of known and unknown targets. During baseline, participants were simply exposed to adult models’ correct and incorrect responses to picture labels that were either known or unknown to participants. During discrimination training, in the presence of known target pictures, we taught participants to say what they know regardless of observed responses and consequences. In the presence of unknown target pictures, we taught participants to imitate modeled responses that were reinforced and to say “I don’t know” when modeled responses were incorrect and punished. Test sessions were conducted after baseline, discrimination training, and generalization sessions to measure responding to target pictures in the absence of the model, prompts, and reinforcement. All four participants showed acquisition over baseline levels in the discrimination of reinforced and nonreinforced responses in the presence of both known and unknown targets. Two participants required the modification of target sets and one participant only reached criterion because of this modification. Generalization to stimuli not associated with training was variable across the three participants. Implications for teaching observational learning responses to children with autism are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #395
CE Offered: BACB
Intercontinental Evaluations in Training Adults and Treating Child Problem Behavior via Telehealth in Their Native Language
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew Pierce Blowers (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Andrew Pierce Blowers, M.S.
Abstract:

Although the number of behavior analysts is increasing in other countries, many families with a child with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) do not have access to high-quality service providers. However, increases in accessibility to and advances in technology provide a promising solution. This symposium includes three projects that evaluated the effects of training delivered by U.S.-based behavior analysts via telehealth on the accuracy and outcomes of adults implementing evidence-based treatments. Participants included parents and therapists of children with an ASD residing in various European countries. Adults were coached using components of behavioral skills training, including e-learning modules, in-vivo coaching, or a combination of these procedures. Direct-observation measures were used to determine the adults accuracy with implementing the target treatment and decreases in child problem behavior. Across the projects, successful outcomes were obtained. These studies provide evidence supporting the efficacy of behavioral skills training delivered via telehealth, regardless of adults native language and geographical location. These applications also serve as models for increasing access to certified behavior analysts in underserved areas of the world.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, parent training, service delivery, telehealth
 
Further Analysis of a Web-Based Program for Training Italian Speaking Parents to Implement Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention
(Applied Research)
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Megan E Vosters (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alessandro Dibari (Associazione Abruzzese Liberi Bambini dall’ Autismo), Daniele Rizzi (Associazione Abruzzese Liberi Bambini dall’ Autismo), Erica Scandurra (Associazione Abruzzese Liberi Bambini dall’ Autismo)
Abstract: As services for children with autism spectrum disorders grow, it is crucial to develop effective and widely accessible parent training procedures. Lack of access to bilingual service providers presents as a barrier to parent training. One approach involves training parents to deliver Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) over the internet via a virtual private network with the aid of a translator. In this way, non-English speaking parents can receive services from virtually anywhere in the world regardless of their native language. We are evaluating the effects of a 20-hour virtual training program, which included e-learning modules and virtual behavioral skills training delivered by English-speaking certified behavior analysts to Italian-speaking parents mediated by an Italian translator. The dependent variables are the Behavioral Implementation Skills for Play Activities (BISPA) and the Behavioral Implementation Skills for Work Activities (BISWA). To date, we are working with three Italian-speaking parents, one of which has completed the first posttest probe with 100% component skills mastered on the BISWA and BISPA. The remaining two parents are currently receiving the virtual training. In pretest, parents obtained 30% or lower of the BISWA and BISPA. Results will permit conclusions about the efficacy of using a translator to mediate virtual training provided to non-English speaking parents.
 

Intercontinental Telehealth: Virginia Consultants' Distance Coaching of Therapists in Homes in Georgia-Sakartvelo in Eastern Europe

(Service Delivery)
ANA BARKAIA (Children of Georgia), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University), Tamari Mikiashvili (Children of Georgia)
Abstract:

Even though evidence based Applied Behavior Analysis services are widespread in the United States of America, service delivery is still a challenge for some countries like Georgia-Sakartvelo in Eastern Europe. There is little appreciation that ABA can significantly contribute to childrens development, and there are very few trained specialists who can provide this service. One solution to the challenge of providing services to remote and underserved areas is to incorporate the communications technology of telehealth. This study is a demonstration that an intercontinental telehealth coaching improved the mastery of therapists intervention skills and increased targeted verbalizations by children with autism. Three therapists delivering and three children with autism receiving early-intervention services in Tbilisi participated. A bilingual consultant provided coaching to therapists in Georgia-Sakartvelo from Virginia, USA while observing home therapy sessions via communications technology. The multiple-baseline, across-participants design was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Therapists demonstrated improvements in two classes of behaviors: correct command sequences and positive consequences. The children demonstrated improvements in echoics and mands. Interobserver agreements for these results were 89%-99%. The study demonstrated that telehealth can be a good model for delivering early-intervention services to children with autism in underserved regions of the world.

 
Effectiveness and Acceptability of Parent Training via Telehealth Among Families in Greece and Turkey
(Applied Research)
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Ozlem Toper Korkmaz (Uludag University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) based on functional analysis (FA) results is highly effective for treating socially maintained problem behavior. Providing this assessment and intervention package via telehealth has been documented to be efficient and acceptable to caregivers in the United States (Wacker et al., 2013; Reimers and Wacker, 1988). In the present study, three families in rural and urban areas of Greece and two families in urban Turkey received parent training services via telehealth to implement FA and FCT with their children. The child participants, aged 4 years to 13 years, engaged in high rates of disruptive behavior and had autism diagnoses. Two behavior therapists located at a U.S. university conducted weekly 1-hour appointments in the participants’ native languages. Results indicated that FCT was highly effective in reducing problem behavior for all child participants. Furthermore, the parents rated the FA and FCT procedures as very acceptable and indicated that they liked using their computers to receive services. These findings indicate that, through telehealth, U.S.-based clinicians can offer behavior analysis services to families with children with autism around the world.
 
 
Symposium #396
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Science in Gerontology: Addressing Barriers to Interdisciplinary Work
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Rachel Armstrong (Eastern Michigan University )
CE Instructor: Ashley Eden Greenwald, Ph.D.
Abstract: There is a growing need for effective behavioral interventions among the aging, particularly among those with neurocognitive disorders, such as Alzheimer’s and dementia. Behavioral Gerontology is an interdisciplinary approach to treatment of these common aging conditions, however barriers to funding and practice can be limiting for Behavior Analysts hoping to work in this field. This presentation will review current and projected prevalence of dementia, and the regulation of provision of services by Behavior Analysts by the individual states. In some instances such as New York, Behavior Analysts are prohibited from working with any individuals who are not diagnosed with Autism. Systems for funding will be addressed from a state and federal level with regard to behavioral services in aging. Relationships with key stakeholders will be discussed with regard to integrating into current practice models within a community. Finally, the current presentation will address the nature of interdisciplinary work, distinguish it from consultation, introduce interdisciplinary models, and discuss how teamwork may be approached pragmatically when conceptual and theoretical perspectives differ.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Gerontology
 
Applied Behavior Analysis for an Aging America: Prevalence of Need, and Regulations Impacting Provision
DAVID DONNELLY (University of Rochester)
Abstract: While Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been widely accepted as an effective approach to treating individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), a growing need for effective behavioral intervention among the aging, particularly among those with dementia has gone unmet.. As licensure and accompanying regulations are adopted, it is in the interest of all Behavior Analysts and of those who advocate for effective treatment for the aging to answer efforts to narrowly define our scope of practice. This is best accomplished by objective demonstration of the potential of ABA to address the needs of the aging. The evidence of effectiveness must also be shared with families, practitioners, and regulators to ensure access to effective ABA treatment.
 
Overcoming Barriers to a Statewide Scale-Up of Behavioral Gerontology Services
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Nevada Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports Technical Assistance Center received statewide funding in 2015 to develop and conduct a behavior analytic method of intervention and support with individuals with neurocognitive disorders. This funding came as a result of high needs for services amongst the aging population and limited resources for seniors needing additional caregiving services. In providing a new treatment approach, integrating into an existing community of practices can be challenging without the right resources and relationships. This presentation will discuss the importance of relationship building amongst community providers as well as the use of traditional media to reach target populations. Additionally, training a workforce to conduct this work in a reasonable timeframe can be challenging, as few graduate training programs in behavioral gerontology exist nationally. The unique skillset of a behavioral gerontologist will be reviewed with respect to working with an aging population but also a community with limited understanding of behavioral principles.
 
Interdisciplinarity: What? How?
RACHEL ARMSTRONG (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Working with adults aged 65 and older requires competence as a member of an interdisciplinary team. Whether a client resides at home or in a group setting, treatment planning must be coordinated and integrated with other providers (such as physicians, nurses, psychiatrists, speech pathologists, occupational and physical therapists, pharmacists, social workers) and often implemented by stakeholders (families, administrators and staff of hospitals, skilled nursing, residential care, senior centers, or adult day centers). The current presentation defines interdisciplinarity, distinguishes it from consultation, introduces interdisciplinary models, and discusses how teamwork may be approached pragmatically when conceptual and theoretical perspectives differ. The goal is to offer strategies that foster strong collaborations yet take into account potential conflicts of epistemology, paradigms, and problem-solving perspectives.
 
 
Symposium #397
CE Offered: BACB
Using Behavioral Assessment to Identify Co-Morbid Medical and Psychiatric Concerns in Individuals With Autism
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patrick Thulen (Bancroft)
Discussant: Lisa Alberts (Bancroft)
CE Instructor: Patrick Thulen, M.A.
Abstract:

A growing body of research demonstrates that medical and psychiatric concerns can affect the frequency and intensity of problem behavior for individuals with autism (May & Kennedy, 2010; Lowry & Sovner, 1992). This symposium will discuss how behavioral data collection and behavioral assessment may be beneficial in diagnosing and treating underlying conditions. Psychiatric disorders such as Panic Disorder, Anxiety, and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder can present behavioral symptoms, which can be measured to aid in diagnosis. It can be difficult to accurately diagnose psychiatric disorders in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) due to the challenges inherent with the developmental disability (e.g. communication impairment) and the overlapping clinical presentation of ASD and certain psychiatric conditions. If the behavioral changes caused by these underlying conditions are accurately measured, however, these data may improve clinicians diagnostic capabilities. Thus, analyzing the environmental variables related to the individual's problem behavior will lead to quicker access to correct medical treatment, more appropriate pharmacological interventions for psychiatric conditions, and more robust behavior analytic treatments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral pharmacology, constipation
 

Diagnosing Psychiatric Disorders with Behavioral Assessments for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability

SEAN SMITH (Bancroft), Lisa Alberts (Bancroft), Nicole L Keys (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract:

A population based study found that 44% of individuals diagnosed with autism have also been diagnosed with a comorbid emotional disorder (Simonoff et al. 2008). Although more than 70% of individuals with ASD are diagnosed with intellectual disability, the majority of research on psychiatric comorbidities in the ASD population focuses on individuals with average intelligence quotients (Matson & Cervantes 2014). Since most diagnoses are based on structured interviews and self-report questionnaires, the nature of ASD symptoms makes it difficult to accurately diagnose comorbid psychiatric issues, especially when the individual also has an intellectual disability (Lecavalier et al. 2014; Mazefsky et al. 2011). In this study, a synthesized functional analysis (Hanley et al. 2014) involving one control condition and one test condition (i.e. blocking self-restraint plus escape from a disruptive environment) was used to identify the function of combined inappropriate behaviors and also led to a diagnosis of panic disorder in an individual with ASD. In a second participant, daily data collection on target problem behaviors, responding to social initiation, acceptance of food, and compliance led to a diagnosis of PMDD. Data from additional assessments of anxiety disorder and depression will also be presented.

 
Constipation as a Setting Event for Problem Behavior: Diagnosis and Treatment
CAITLIN PARKER (Bancroft), Lisa Alberts (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Joshua LaForte (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Patrick Thulen (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have comorbid health conditions that are difficult to diagnose due to their disability. These comorbid health concerns may contribute to challenging behaviors (May & Kennedy, 2010). While there is an increasing demand for effective assessments and treatments that combine both behavioral and medical methodologies (May & Kennedy, 2010), little research has been conducted to evaluate the relationship between medical concerns and challenging behavior. Approximately 75% of individuals with intellectual disabilities experience constipation on a regular basis (Bohmer et al., 2010). Christensen et al., (2009) evaluated the effect of constipation on self-injury and aggression in a young boy with autism. Results showed decreased rates of problem behavior following bowel cleanout. The current presentation examines data collection on frequency and consistency of stool, as measured using the Bristol stool scale (Lewis & Heaton, 1997), for individuals with ID. Data were used to inform medical staff of bowel irregularity and subsequently diagnose constipation. In some cases, flat plate exams were ordered to confirm diagnoses. Interventions such as laxatives or enemas were delivered following several days without stool. The effect of treatment of constipation on problem behavior will also be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #399
CE Offered: BACB
Getting Back to Our Roots: Novel Applications for Assessing and Treating Context Specific Problem Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Laura C. Chezan (Old Dominion University)
CE Instructor: Laura C. Chezan, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will emphasize alternative approaches to utilize in the assessment and treatment of context specific problem behavior that is often impairing not only for the targeted individual, but their peers and caregivers as well. The first study, by Ms. Anna Ryan, will focus on the development of taxonomy for individuals with problem behavior maintained by adult compliance with mands, providing additional recommendations for clinicians treating clients with idiosyncratic or rapidly fluctuating requests for reinforcers. The second study, by Dr. Cara Phillips, will detail an evaluation of the impact of therapist response to perseverations, specifically comparing three general classes of consequences including responding once, responding intermittently, and ignoring perseverative speech. The third study, by Ms. Amanda Goeztel will evaluate the predictive utility of preliminary component analyses to identify treatment interventions that are more likely to be associated with the low rates of problem behavior over time, even after demand fading occurs. The chair for this symposium is Dr. Laura Chezan.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, mands, perseveration
 

Developing a Profile for Individuals With Problem Behavior Maintained by Adult Compliance With Mands

ANNA RYAN (The University of Iowa and the Kennedy Krieger Ins), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Diana Socie (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Although standard functional analysis (FA) conditions are often sufficient for identifying behavioral function, procedures may need to be modified for individuals who have rapid and idiosyncratic requests for various reinforcers. Previous research has indicated that certain individuals with these characteristics may have an adult compliance with mands function (Bowman et al., 1997). Despite the clinical utility for identifying when assessment for this function may be warranted, there is a paucity of research in this area and few guidelines for clinicians. Seven participants with autism and histories of severe problem behavior were included in this study. FA results revealed that all participants problem behavior was maintained by adult compliance with mands; however, unique data patterns were observed in other test conditions. The effectiveness of treatments was evaluated using reversal designs. Treatment primarily emphasized stimulus control for mands through the use of multiple schedules that alternated between periods of differential reinforcement and extinction, but were embedded within multilayered treatment packages. Results will offer guidelines for the assessment and treatment of behavior maintained by adult compliance with mands, and how procedures may differ from when they are applied to other functions.

 
An Evaluation of the Impact of Therapist Response to Perseverations
(Applied Research)
CARA L. PHILLIPS (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Samantha R. Young (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of South Florida), Marissa Erin Daly (University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC)), Allen Porter (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) display restricted and repetitive interests (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). For some, this takes the form of repetitive or stereotyped speech patterns. This type of perseverative speech can impact social functioning. In addition, for some individuals there appears to be a correlation between perseverations and problem behavior. It is unclear, however, if increased problem behavior associated with perseverations results from the response to the perseverative behavior, or is a function of some other aspect of the environment (e.g., the individual is perseverating on a preferred activity to which he does not have access). In the present investigation, we compared several common classes of caregiver verbal responses to perseverations related to preferred items or activities, while withholding the requested item across conditions. Three individuals with ASD admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior participated. The general classes assessed included: respond once, respond intermittently, and ignore. In addition, we compared firm and uncertain responses for 2 of the 3 participants. The clinical implications of the results will be discussed.
 

Using Brief Experimental Analyses to Identify Effective Interventions for Individuals With Severe Problem Behavior

AMANDA GOETZEL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Phillip Orchowitz (Kennedy Krieger Instittue), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Catherine Chaille (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The brief experimental analysis (BEA) model has demonstrated efficiency in quickly comparing multiple interventions to determine effects on academic skills prior to extended evaluation (Wilber & Cushman, 2006). However, additional research is needed to determine whether the BEA is efficacious for empirically identifying interventions to treat severe problem behavior, and whether results accurately predict interventions associated with the largest and most sustained treatment gains over time. This study included 3 participants diagnosed with autism who were admitted to an inpatient unit for the treatment of severe problem behavior. A BEA was conducted to determine potential interventions for escape-maintained problem behavior. Four interventions were briefly compared: non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) with food, NCR with toys, differential reinforcement of other and alternative behaviors (DRO/DRA) with food, and DRO/DRA with toys. Conditions from the BEA associated with the lowest rates of problem behavior were further evaluated during demand fading. Results from a reversal design indicated that treatment interventions identified within the BEA were successful at maintaining low rates of problem behavior over time; however distinct patterns emerged during demand fading for some participants. Discussion will focus on how to further apply the model to use data to select treatment components prior to extended evaluations.

 
 
Symposium #400
CE Offered: BACB
Experimental Functional Analyses and Procedural Integrity
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer D. Smith (Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Hanna C. Rue, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Experimental functional analysis (EFA) is considered the gold standard of assessment when evaluating the function of a challenging behavior. There are numerous peer-reviewed articles demonstrating the use of what many clinicians consider a traditional EFA and variations such as trial-based functional analysis (TBFA), latency to first response, or EFA of precursor behavior. This symposium will highlight procedural integrity as it relates to implementation of EFAs. During the first discussion, Ridgway and colleagues discuss the frequency with which authors report procedural integrity during EFAs. Additionally, data will be presented regarding the frequency with which authors report recording of inter-observer agreement on procedural integrity data collection. Rue and colleagues will follow with a review of training board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) to implement an EFA. Specifically, the authors will present procedural fidelity data when novice BCBAs implement a traditional EFA and generalize to a TBFA. LoVullo and colleagues will present data demonstrating the impact of varying procedural integrity during a traditional EFA. The symposium will allow for a discussion of the importance of monitoring and reporting procedural integrity during EFAs and implications for practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, integrity
 

Procedural Integrity in Functional Analysis: A Review of the Literature

(Applied Research)
Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Chisato Komatsu (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies), DAISY WANG (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Rebecca Mandal-Blasio (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

The degree of procedural integrity of a functional analysis may impact the results obtained. As intervention procedures are designed based on the results of a functional analysis, the effectiveness of an intervention may be dependent on the degree to which the functional analysis was implemented with integrity. We reviewed studies on the functional analysis of problem behavior from 1961 to 2012 previously included in Beavers, Iwata, and Lerman (2013) and Hanley, Iwata, and McCord (2003) to identify the number of studies that include procedural integrity data and interobserver agreement data for procedural integrity data. Of the 110 studies reviewed thus far, 23 studies (21%) included procedural integrity data, 2 studies (2%) stated that procedural integrity data were collected, but were not reported in the article, and 2 studies (2%) reported that trainer behavior was monitored to ensure integrity, but no data were reported. Of the 23 studies that reported integrity data, eight (35%) included interobserver agreement data for integrity data. Eighteen (16%) of the 110 studies reported that the functional analysis was conducted by a trained individual, but only 8 of those studies included data on procedural integrity. Implications for practice and future research regarding procedural integrity will be discussed.

 

Functional Analysis: Generalization From Traditional to Trial-Based Analysis

(Applied Research)
HANNA C. RUE (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Tino LoVullo (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

Results of a recent survey of over 600 behavior analysts indicated only 77% received formal training in the use of experimental functional analysis (EFA). Further, 63% of board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) indicated they never or almost never used an EFA in practice. The objective of the current study was to determine if BCBAs could generalize the ability to implement a trial-based experimental functional analysis (TBFA) following training focused on traditional EFA methodology. Three BCBAs with no experience implementing EFAs acted as participants in the study. The independent variable included formal training in EFA methodology. The dependent variable was level of procedural integrity during implementation of a traditional EFA and a TBFA measured in a multiple baseline design. Participants implemented the traditional EFAs during a mock assessment. Participants implemented the TBFAs in an applied setting with clients diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Initial results indicate that participants can implement traditional EFA methodology with relatively high levels of integrity. Results suggest two participants demonstrated challenges maintaining levels of integrity above 80% during the demand and control conditions. Participants will likely require additional feedback to maintain procedural integrity above 80% accuracy during TBFAs. Implications for training and practice are discussed.

 
Functional Analysis: Varying Levels of Procedural Integrity
(Applied Research)
TINO LOVULLO (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: In recent years, research in the area of procedural integrity has highlighted the impact of varying levels of integrity during skill acquisition and behavior reduction procedures. However, there is little evaluation of the impact of varying procedural integrity during behavioral assessments. Further, few published studies report levels of procedural integrity during experimental functional analyses (EFAs). The current study evaluated the impact of varying levels of procedural integrity during EFAs using a reversal design (ABA). The independent variable included implementation of EFA conditions at 100% or 50% integrity. The dependent variable was rate of challenging behavior. Participants included three males with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) ages four and five years. Initial results suggest manipulating levels of procedural integrity increases the rate of target behavior in some conditions. The increase may be due to the fact that varying integrity is essentially varying the schedule of reinforcement. Initial results also suggest that one participant demonstrated an increase in non-target disruptive behavior. The EFA for the final two participants will be completed by December 2016. The authors conclude the presentation with a discussion of implications for practice and future research regarding errors of omission and commission.
 
 
Symposium #402
CE Offered: BACB
Generalized Effects of Repeated-Readings Interventions
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David Hulac (The University of Northern Colorado )
CE Instructor: Edward J. Daly, Ph.D.
Abstract: For the thousands of studies on reading instruction and intervention, far too many students still fail to become proficient readers. Applied behavior analysis, however, has the conceptual tools and methodology for individual analysis necessary to examine the variables affecting each struggling readers difficulties. From this perspective, teaching reading is a matter of promoting stimulus control and stimulus or response generalization. This symposium presents three studies that examined intervention strategies for oral-reading fluency problems with special emphasis on generalization, either to novel contexts for the trained response class (reading words in untrained passages) or to different response classes (comprehension). In the first two studies, the authors compared repeated practice conditions that varied in terms of word similarity across practice occasions, and examined the effects in novel, untrained passages. The first study examined maintenance effects for a group of 130 students. The second study examined classification accuracy statistics when predicting performance on the generalization passage from the training passages. In the third study, the authors compared a repeated practice condition to modeling across different difficulty levels to examine which, if either, produced greater comprehension. The results will be discussed in terms of how reading interventions should be designed to maximize generalized improvements.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Generalization, Reading comprehension, Reading fluency, Repeated readings
 

Examining Procedures for Promoting Maintenance and Generalization: Repeated Versus Guided Versus Repeated Plus Guided Reading

SCOTT P. ARDOIN (University of Georgia), Katherine Binder (Mt. Holyoke), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia), Tori Foster (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

An extensive body of literature exist promoting repeated readings as an effective practice for developing students reading fluency. Repeated reading (RR) procedures are consistent with the procedures recommended by Haring and Eatons (1978) Instructional Hierarchy for promoting students fluent responding to newly learned stimuli. An extensive body of literature also supports RR as an effective practice for promoting students reading fluency of practiced passages. Less clear is the extent to which RR allows students to read those same words presented in new passages. The current study employed a randomized-control design procedure in order to examine the maintenance and generalization effects of three interventions, each of which provided students with repeated opportunities to practice high and low frequency words. The condition differed in the extent to which words were practiced within the same versus different passages. Across the 130 students for whom data were analyzed, results indicated that increased opportunities to practices words lead to greater maintenance effects when passage were read 7 days later but minimal differences across conditions in students reading of target words presented within new passage.

 

Direct and Generalized Effects of a Reading Fluency Intervention Across Different Word Overlap Conditions

NICHOLAS D. YOUNG (University of Northern Colorado), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Michael Patrick Mullane (Syracuse University), Stephanie J. Long (Syracuse University), Samantha Sallade (Syracuse University), William Sullivan (Syracuse University), Allison J. Morley (Syracuse University), Joseph E. Underberg (Syracuse University)
Abstract:

We assessed childrens gains in oral reading fluency following intervention on 3 training passages that differed in word overlap (low, high, multiple exemplar) with an untrained generalization passage. We also calculated various classification accuracy statistics when predicting performance on the generalization passage from the training passages. Participants were 77 white third-grade students randomly assigned within classrooms to the three conditions. Results showed significantly larger gains on the training versus generalization passages with no significant differences between conditions. We also found a larger increase in the percentage of students who read the generalization passage with no errors after training on the multiple exemplar passage. Using cut scores of 100 words correct per minute at post-test, performance on the training passages had high specificity, positive predictive power, and negative predictive power in relation to performance on the untrained generalization passage. Sensitivity was low with more than half of the students who failed to achieve mastery on the generalization passage reaching criterion on the training passages. Implications for school-based intervention teams as well as future research are discussed.

 
A Comparison of Comprehension Accuracy and Rate: Repeated Readings and Listening-While-Reading in Second-Grade Students
MEGAN BLONDER (University of Tennessee - Knoxville), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Dennis Ciancio (University of Tennessee - Knoxville), Samantha Turnbull (University of Tennessee - Knoxville), Katelyn Scott (School Psychology Doctoral Student at University of Tennessee Knoxville), Carrie Jaquett (University of Tennessee), Jonah Ruddy (University of Tennessee - Knoxville), Kelly Thompson (University of Tennessee - Knoxville)
Abstract: Researchers have evaluated the effects of Repeated Readings and Listening-While- Reading interventions on oral reading fluency and comprehension, and have compared the effects of these two interventions on indirect measures of comprehension. This research was extended by evaluating and comparing the effects of these two interventions using direct measures of reading comprehension and reading comprehension rates, or the amount of passage comprehended per time spent reading. To determine if an interaction exists between passage difficulty and intervention condition, students read two passages for each condition, one easier and one harder passage. Results revealed main effects on comprehension rate, but not on comprehension accuracy. These findings suggest that neither intervention enhanced comprehension, but Listening-While-Reading enhanced comprehension rates on both easier and harder passages, which suggest that it may be a significantly more efficient procedure for enhancing comprehension. Implications for measurement, academic accommodations, class-wide instruction, and future research are discussed.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #405
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Discriminative Processes in the Differential Reinforcement of Stereotyped and Varied Response Forms

Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Robert C. Mellon, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
ROBERT C. MELLON (Panteion University of Social and Political Sciences)
Robert C. Mellon, Ph.D., BCBA, is professor of the Department of Psychology at the Panteion University in Athens, where he established a seven-semester undergraduate course of studies in behavioral philosophy and science, and directs the Laboratory of Experimental and Applied Behavior Analysis. He trained in the Brownstein-Shull laboratory at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro, where he completed both the clinical psychology and experimental analysis of behavior programs. He was a clinical psychology intern at New York University-Bellevue, and served as a postdoctoral research fellow at the State University of New York at Binghamton and then at the New York State Psychiatric Institute-Columbia University. Mellon travelled with the Overseas Programs of the University of Maryland, then dropped anchor in the Hellenic Republic, where he has worked for two decades and authored Hellenic-language behavior-analytic textbooks. His empirical and theoretical work, principally in behavioral variability, resistance to change and aversive control, and the implications of these processes in understanding the provenance and treatment of problematic patterns of behavior, has been published in both behavior-analytic and mainstream psychology journals. Mellon serves as past president of the European Association for Behaviour Analysis and as founding president of the Hellenic Community for Behavior Analysis.
Abstract:

In instructional texts, response differentiation and stimulus discrimination procedures are usually treated separately, but shaping inherently establishes discriminative control by proprioceptive and other stimuli automatically and differentially produced in the emission of effective and ineffective response forms; antecedent control by response-produced stimuli inheres in shaping. In many cases, effective shaping might not require a specification of the discrimination of response-produced stimuli generated under differential reinforcement; other problems might demand a more fine-grained analysis. One such problem might be that of altering the variability/stereotypy of a response form, in which differential reinforcement may be viewed as establishing the discriminative and conditional reinforcing potency of the stimuli produced in the inchoate emission of acts that are either similar to, or different from, those recently emitted. When control by such stimuli is weak, procedures specifically designed to enhance the SD and S? functions of stimuli produced by repetitive and non-repetitive acts might be of substantial utility. Recent experiments indicate that the differential reinforcement of repetition or non-repetition indeed generates discriminations of the criterion-defining dimensions of response-produced stimuli of effective and ineffective acts, not undifferentiated novelty, and that interventions designed to alter stereotypy/variability might be rendered more effective by the facilitation of such self-discrimination.

Target Audience:

Researchers in basic behavioral processes, professional applied behavior analysts, advanced students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify how response differentiation procedures inevitably generate discriminations of stimuli automatically generated in the emission of effective and ineffective response forms; (2) Identify how the differential reinforcement of variability or stereotypy might establish the discriminative (SD and S') and conditionally-reinforcing function of stimuli automatically produced in the repetition and non-repetition of previously-emitted response forms; (3) Describe and critically analyze the extant data base for the view that lag (differential reinforcement of variability) schedules generate discriminations of the specific dimensions of response-produced stimuli of effective and ineffective acts; (4) Identify two techniques for facilitating the establishment of discriminative control by the stimuli automatically produced in the emission of repeated or unrepeated acts.
 
 
Panel #406
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Telehealth: A Viable Option for Ethical and Effective ABA Services
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janet Vasquez, M.S.
Chair: Janet Vasquez (World Evolve Therapy)
KIMBERLY D WOOLERY (World Evolve Therapy)
LAURIE TARTER (Sunny Days, Inc.)
KARELIX ALICEA (Lotus Behavioral Interventions)
Abstract: The prevalence of autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) has increased markedly in recent decades, which has resulted in a high demand for providers of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy in the United States and internationally. In order to meet these increasing demands, ABA providers have found the Telehealth Service Delivery Model, which has received a growing interest over the past few years, as a viable option for ethical and effective ABA services. Telehealth services differ significantly from on-site services, as it requires clinicians to make special considerations when providing services remotely. This panel will discuss several critical areas related to the telehealth model, which include, but are not limited to, setting up a Telehealth program, using HIPAA-compliant technology, conducting effective assessments, providing ongoing remote supervision and parent training, as well as documentation and reporting. Each of the panel members will contribute their own unique experiences as they pertain to each of these key areas.
Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Invited Tutorial #407
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Applied Ethics for Practicing Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: Steven Woolf, Ph.D.
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Presenting Authors: : STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

This presentation addresses some of the most common ethical issues behavioral practitioners encounter when providing home-based and school services. As the numbers of BCBAs have grown over the last few years and ABA services funding increased, behavior analysts are increasingly exposed to ethical dilemmas that may jeopardize their certification or license. The presenter shall complete a data based overview of some of the most common ethical complaints encountered by related human service professionals enforced by state regulatory boards. The presentation also highlights survey data based on ethical challenges experienced by practicing behavior analyst. The presenter will also provide analysis of state behavior analyst licensing regulations cross referenced to the BACB compliance code. Finally, the presenter shall provide strategies for dealing and responding to ethical issues commonly encounter by practicing behavioral professionals. This workshop addresses a variety of ethical and best practice issues: in-field supervision of paraprofessional staff, appropriate discharge/termination of cases, fraudulent billing, school consultation, documentation of services, informed consent, misrepresentation, punishment as intervention, and maintaining of clinical records.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Licensed BCBAs, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list the three most common ethical dilemmas encountered by practicing behavior analysts; (2) identify three sections of the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code most applicable to providing home- and school-based ABA-based treatment; (3) list three antecedent control strategies to avoid controversial ethical situations when delivering services in schools and homes.
 
STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services)
Dr. Woolf has been a BCBA-D for over 17 years and is the Senior Vice President of Beacon ABA Services, which is the largest home based EIBI service provider in the Northeast. He regularly communicates with state officials at Department of Public Health, Department of Developmental Services, special education directors, and state legislators on the funding and quality of ABA services. Dr. Woolf has authored publications and regularly presents ABA research at state and national conferences. He has extensive experience providing treatment to children and adults with disabilities. He is the former past president, one of the founders of MassABA, executive member on CTABA, executive member of MassABA, and chairperson of the ABAI Chapter leadership committee. Dr. Woolf's specialty areas include managing large scale home-based service delivery system and licensure of behavior analysts. He has served on state committees to define behavior analyst licensure standards and regulations. Dr. Woolf also has significant experience working with numerous health insurance providers relative to funding ABA treatment and presents regularly on the new AMA CPT codes.
 
 
Panel #408
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Navigating the Grant World as a Behavior Analyst
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Shea M. Lemley, M.A.
Chair: Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas)
DAVID P. WACKER (The University of Iowa)
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
WILLIAM J. MCILVANE (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract:

Obtaining grant funding can provide opportunities to conduct meaningful research, facilitate collaborations with researchers in other fields, and may be pivotal for academic tenure. Due to the breadth of the areas in which behavior analysts conduct research, opportunities for funding abound. Behavior analytic training, however, may not include grant writing and development, and even behavior analysts who learn about such topics may have questions as they consider writing their first grant. This Professional Development Series panel will introduce attendees to the grant world and provide general recommendations for those interested in seeking grant funding. Three expert panelists will discuss how they have successfully navigated the grant world as behavior analysts. They will provide insight from their diverse perspectives across the basic to applied research continuum. These panelists will provide tips and recommendations from their unique experiences as behavior analysts in the grant world. The audience will then have an opportunity to ask their own questions and request advice from the panelists.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): applied research, basic research, grant funding, professional development
 
 
Symposium #411
CE Offered: BACB
Fostering Professional Skills and Service Quality: Recent Advancements in Pre-Intervention Assessment in Human Services
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Tyler Erath, M.A.
Abstract:

The behavior of staff and the environmental conditions in which staff work impact the quality of services being delivered and, subsequently, client outcomes. Recent research has documented that pre-intervention assessment (e.g., Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services; PDC-HS) can lead to improved outcomes regarding staff performance. This symposium includes recent studies that incorporate pre-intervention assessment activities to foster professional skills and service quality. Hodges et al. evaluate the psychometric properties of the PDC-HS and document its reliability and validity for assessing staff performance problems. Mueller et al. describe the Caseload Management Support System, a functional assessment and intervention guide, to help practitioners better manage their client caseloads. Grauerholz-Fisher et al. promote quality of care in an autism clinic by developing and implementing interventions based on several pre-intervention assessment activities. Finally, Merritt and DiGennaro Reed implement an intervention based on PDC-HS results to address staff tardiness in an autism school. The collective findings support the use of pre-intervention assessment to inform organization- and staff-level interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional assessment, performance management, pre-intervention assessment, service quality
 

Assessment of Inter-Rater and Test-Retest Reliability of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services

(Applied Research)
David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology), ANSLEY CATHERINE HODGES (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The Performance Diagnostic Checklist Human Services (PDC-HS) is a 20-item questionnaire about possible antecedent and consequent variables that might be correlated with the occurrence of employee performance issues in human service settings. Items are organized into 4 domains based on contingencies that may maintain performance issues. We assessed the interrater reliability of the PDC-HS through independent administration to groups of raters with varying levels of behavior analytic competency (i.e., RBT, BCaBA, and BCBA) using video vignettes of potential employee performance issues in an autism therapy setting. Additionally, we assessed the test-retest reliability following a period of at least 2 weeks, along with the content and social validity of the video vignettes. Overall, the results suggest that the PDC-HS is a valid and reliable tool for personnel with varying levels of behavior analytic competency to assess performance problems. High content and social validity measures were obtained as well. Potential uses of the PDC-HS in various organizational settings are discussed, as well as limitations.

 
Development of an Individualized Functional Assessment Tool for Barriers to Effective Caseload Management
(Service Delivery)
JONATHAN MUELLER (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Abstract: In the past ten years, insurance funding has become a primary source of payment for applied behavior analytic services for individuals with autism spectrum disorders. While this has made services available to a broader group of consumers, managed care funders often have constraints on which services are allowable and in what amounts. These constraints and many others can make caseload management difficult for clinicians, especially when those clinicians are new to the workforce (i.e., with a few years of graduation and certifications). Ineffective caseload management can have detrimental effects to the quality of clinical services as well as overall financial stability for the provider. The current functional assessment and intervention guide, the Caseload Management Support System, was developed based on the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (Carr & Strain, YEAR) and the Barriers Assessment of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Planning tool (VB-MAPP) (Sundberg, 2008). The assessment portion includes items from domains such as time management skills, geographic distribution of caseload, and match of clinical skills to client needs. The intervention tool links each problem area to a function-based intervention resource (e.g., time management resources for time management problems; clinical training supports for skills-client mismatch) to support performance. The implications of this kind of tool for the business and practice of applied behavior analysis will be discussed.
 
Assessing and Improving Quality of Care in an Autism Clinic
(Applied Research)
EMMA GRAUERHOLZ-FISHER (University of Florida), Allison M. Berard (Florida Autism Center), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Momentary time sampling has been used to evaluate quality of care in several settings, including residential facilities (Zarcone et al., 1993) and nursing homes (Shore et al., 1995). Given the growing number of applied behavior analysis service providers, autism clinics might be a new area in which assessing quality of care indicators could be very important. Therefore, we extended these procedures to an autism clinic, where we used momentary time sampling to assess environmental condition, client condition, and staff behavior. Following assessment, we conducted the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC-HS) with the clinic supervisors regarding areas of concern to identify the variables that might be contributing to poor performance. We then developed and implemented interventions based on the areas endorsed by the PDC-HS. Such analyses might be of interest to parents, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and insurance companies who are trying to identify and regulate the quality of services provided.
 

An Evaluation of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services to Improve Staff Tardiness

(Applied Research)
TODD ALLEN MERRITT (University of Kansas and QSAC), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

A nationwide survey conducted by CareerBuilder.com found that 20% of workers reported they arrive late to work at least once per week. Employee tardiness imposes financial costs on an employer and may have adverse effects on staff morale and the services the organization provides. To date only four published studies have addressed employee tardiness, and only one of these used a pre-intervention assessment to inform the intervention. The purpose of this study is to develop a performance management intervention to address staff tardiness based on the results of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS; Carr, Wilder, Majdalany, Mathisen, & Strain, 2013). Specifically, the study aims to reduce tardiness of teaching assistants employed at a school that provides educational services to children with autism. During baseline, the number of minutes that staff were late ranged from 0 to 222 (M = 17.53). Next, we will administer the PDC-HS to supervisors and participants (November 2016) and introduce a function-based intervention using a multiple baseline design across participants (December 2016). Results are anticipated to show that the PDC-HS is able to identify an effective intervention that maintains over time.

 
 
Symposium #412
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Examining Cross Cultural Supervision
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium will examine the ethics, challenges and strengths of cross cultural supervision. Whether our supervisees are those seeking board certification other employees, parents or other professionals, different languages, customs, and values may impact the supervision experience. It is important to supervisor and supervisees to explore the potential impact of these factors, as well as address how to uphold a clinically sound and ethical supervision experience. This symposium will discuss the relevant ethical codes, applied behavior analysis practices and experiences related to cross cultural supervision. This symposium discussion will include the experiences of individuals providing supervision to, or from, those in Jamaica, Korea, Japan, and Mexico.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethics, multicultural, social validity, supervision
 

Tearing Down the Wall of Language Barriers: Addressing the Ethics of Providing Services to Families With a Different Native Language

KRISTA BROOKER (Mariposa Autism Service Center - AIT)
Abstract:

As behavior analysts it is our duty to provide quality care while following our ethical code, but there may be times where the environment makes this a difficult challenge. Our ethics state we must use language understandable by the recipients of our craft, however working in a border town often means providing services to families where English is a second language if even spoken at all. To overcome this challenge, we have implemented strategic staffing by having at least one team member who works with the family that can also speak the native language of the family, in addition to a lot of patience from all parties involved. The results fostered trust in our services and increased family participation in our programs. These results are likely able to be generalized, however providing services to a family that does not speak your same language should only be practiced when there is no better option.

 

Verbal Behavior and Supervision:Is the Message Lost?

SOOK KIM (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Abstract:

Different cultural groups tend to have different ways of interpreting the world and the events that happen within it (Hill, Carjuzaa, Aramburo, & Baca, 1993; McIntyre & Silva, 1992). Verbal behavior is described as being being behavior which is reinforced through the mediation of the other people (Skinner, 1957). But what happens when the speaker and listener speak different languages, or have different cultural beliefs? What happens if the listener is unable to appropriate discriminate the speakers verbal stimuli in a way in which the speaker understands? Can the supervisor still reinforce the verbal behavior of the supervisee?As a Korean BCBA working primarily with Korean American families, I have experienced receiving supervision from a supervisor from an outside culture. Similarly, I have also provided supervision to supervisees who are from a different culture. From my experience, the literal language barrier is just one of the many considerations that must be given when attempted to bridge cultures and ensure a successful supervision experience.

 
Supervisors as Game Changers: Narrative as Behaviors
SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Abstract: In her article “The Inclusion of Cultures and Cultures of Inclusion,” Charlotte Mandell writes that competing contingencies interact, modified by the larger social context, thus the behavior of individuals’ changes, and new contingencies are created. “Thus, continuous reflection on the multiple and potentially conflicting contingencies acting on the behavior of our clients, students, colleagues and neighbors may enhance our effectiveness at work and also facilitate civil and productive interactions throughout our lives” (2007). As a Japanese linguist/anthropologist-turned behavior analyst, one would like to examine what it may take to communicate functionally – not merely words – across the culturally diverse contexts; to co-create narratives through supervision experience. Do you really know if you reinforced or punished the supervisee’s response with your “feedback?” What other considerations, rules, and learning tasks may lie beyond knowing the Science and Ethics developed in the Western World? Where do we come from, and where do we aim to go, shape who we are now: history is within our hands if we can co-create narratives that can lead us beyond divisions that have set the world apart over the centuries.
 
 
Symposium #413
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Effects of Different Interteaching Components on Student Outcomes
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington)
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Scott A. Spaulding, Ph.D.
Abstract: Interteaching is a behavior-analytic approach that leads to improved student outcomes in higher-education settings when compared to more traditional methods of teaching. Over the past 14 years, researchers have evaluated the effects of interteaching in their classrooms. However, the influence of different interteaching components and the methods used for instructional delivery have not received as much attention from behavior analysts. The first presenter will provide a conceptual overview, introducing the research supporting interteaching, how the instructional method is implemented, and future directions of this research. The second presenter will highlight work investigating the relation between student performance on preparation guides, student ratings of discussion groups, and teacher ratings of student activity. The third presenter will discuss the effects of specific interteaching components—preparation guides, interteach sessions, and lecture—across each class session of an undergraduate psychology course as a way to consider acquisition of learning. The final presenter will share the results of an experimental analysis comparing interteaching with lecture within a synchronous online learning format—a systematic replication and extension of an early interteaching research study. Together, these four presentations illustrate current interteaching research and practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): interteaching, pedagogy
 

Interteaching: Breaking Away From Traditional Lecture-Centered Pedagogy

(Theory)
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a relatively new behavioral teaching method with a growing body of empirical evidence to support its efficacy. Interteaching promotes student preparation by requiring students to complete study questions which guide them through a unit of course materials prior to class. During class meetings, students are divided into small groups, and the majority of class time is dedicated to encouraging active student engagement via peer discussion of the study questions. Instructors facilitate discussions by moving among the groups and providing guidance and clarification on topics. Lectures are brief and focused on clarifying material reported as difficult by students following the discussion. The use of interteaching methods in higher education settings has resulted in higher exam scores, increased student participation in class, and more positive course evaluations. Students also report enjoying interteaching more than traditional lectures. This review will provide a summary of interteaching, a brief review of research in the area, and possible directions for future empirical inquiry.

 

What Survives When Lectures Have Been Forgotten? Research on the Pragmatics of Interteaching

(Applied Research)
AMY MURRELL (University of North Texas), Shraddha Trehan (University of North Texas), Joseph Hernandez (University of North Texas), Leyla Erguder (University of North Texas), Daniel Steinberg (University of North Texas), Teresa Hulsey (University of North Texas), Danielle Moyer (University of North Texas), Darby McMakin (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Compared to lecture format, interteaching (Boyce & Hineline, 2002) typically results in higher-class attendance and student engagement (Saville, Zinn, Neef, Norman, & Ferreri, 2006). Interteaching encourages critical thinking, promotes better knowledge retention of course content, and stimulates higher student satisfaction and grades (Goto & Schneider, 2009; 2010). Still, this teaching format is novel and often uncomfortable for many university students and faculty when first implemented. This presentation will focus on a successful transition from traditional lecture format to interteaching in two classes: one section each of undergraduate and graduate level child psychopathology courses. Findings reveal a significant positive correlation between student grades on preparation guides and student ratings of the quality of their interteaching groups (r = .86, p < .001). Likewise, preparation guide grades are positively correlated with professor ratings of student activity within the groups (r = .49, p < .001). Results suggest students believe interteaching to be helpful to understanding lectures (74% say highly so), and they find clarifying lectures more beneficial when they are given the same day as the interteaching session on the topic. Additional data on pragmatic issues, along with study limitations and implications will be discussed.

 
A Preliminary Evaluation of the Relative Contribution of Interteaching Components
(Applied Research)
JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: Researchers have found interteaching to be an effective method for teaching a variety of college-level courses (e.g., Boyce & Hineline, 2002; Saville, Zinn, Neef, Van Norman, & Ferrari, 2006). More recently, researchers have begun isolating the specific components for evaluation (e.g., Cannella-Malone, Axe, & Parker, 2009; Saville, Cox, O’Brien, & Vandervelt, 2011; Saville & Zinn, 2009). However, there has been limited research on the evaluation of student learning across the three components, preparation guide, interteach session, and lecture, on a week-by-week basis. The purpose of the current study was to determine the relative influence of each component on student performance in three undergraduate psychology courses. Each week, students were given three timed probes: first, before receiving the preparation guide, second, before completing interteaching, and third, in the next class period after the lecture. To date, I found a general increase in correct responses across each administration of the probe, with the largest increase occurring on the post-interteaching probe. However, across all probes, there was variability across participants, particularly on the post-interteaching probe. The results may allow us to identify the most effective component and lead to refinement of other components, resulting in more rapid acquisition.
 
Differences in Student Performance and Preference During Interteaching and Lecture in Synchronous Online Learning
(Applied Research)
MICHAEL GUTIERREZ (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington)
Abstract: Online learning is now a common format in higher education. Both synchronous and asynchronous platforms are used to teach students enrolled in many applied behavior analysis programs. The growth of this format has been relatively rapid, and the technology used to deliver the coursework can change quickly. To help ensure their program quality, behavior analysts must evaluate their online learning methods. Interteaching is a behavior analytic approach, typically used in higher education within a traditional classroom format. However, little research exists evaluating its effectiveness in online contexts. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of interteaching and traditional lecture on the test scores of students in an online, synchronous class in a master’s program in special education. Across eight, weekly classes, students were assigned to either an interteaching or lecture format. Using an alternating treatments design, we evaluated the effects on quiz scores and student satisfaction. Results showed that interteaching produced higher quiz scores across all sessions with no overlapping data points between conditions. This difference maintained in a final exam, where more questions targeting interteach classes were answered correctly by students than those from lecture classes. Students also reported a preference for interteaching over lecture-based classes.
 
 
Symposium #413A
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Social Issues: Do We Have a Role to Play?
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recent trends interrelating the global economy and socially significant practices pertaining to health, education, violence, immigration, and sustainability, highlight the role of behavioral variables as among the key factors influencing socio-cultural change. While behavior analysts have long held an interest in understanding and intervening on these complex socio-cultural phenomena, our ability to do so has progressed slowly, as we have attempted to analyze and assess the phenomena of interest. This symposium will provide a set of scholarly discussions and empirical demonstrations that are designed to aid our design of new models of stewardship and open opportunities for innovation while adjusting to growing social upheaval, and environmental crises.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): community interventions, immigration, sustainability, violence
 
Examining the ABCs of Community Violence through the Aim4Peace Violence Prevention Program
(Applied Research)
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas), Daryl E. Stewart (University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (University of Kansas), Marvia Jones (University of Kansas)
Abstract: There is increased attention to the problem of violence in communities as a significant societal concern, which disproportionately affects some racial and ethnic minority groups. In Kansas City, the Aim4Peace Violence Prevention Program was implemented based on the evidence-based Cure Violence model for reducing shootings and killings. Cure Violence has several core components including street outreach to engage high-risk individuals in lifestyle behavior changes and community mobilization to modify normative group behaviors. In 2012, there was targeted implementation of the program in a police sector, which substantially contributed to incidences of violence. An interrupted time series with a comparison group design was used to examine program implementation. The frequency count of victims of firearm-related homicides and aggravated assaults were analyzed for the target and comparison police sectors. Between 2011 and 2012, during the first year of focused program implementation in the target area, there was a reduction in shootings and killings in the target area by 35 incidences (from 150 to 105 incidences). However, there was some variability in baseline levels, which limits interpretation of the findings. The presentation examines strengths, challenges, and opportunities for using a behavioral science approach to examine community-level violence.
 

The Role of Implicit Attitude Assessment inBehavior Analytic Interventions of Social Issues

(Applied Research)
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Mary Froehlich (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Socially significant issues continue to gain attention on both the national and global stages, with recent trends associated with immigration, xenophobia, women’s rights, women’s pay, women’s general treatment, and sexual orientation/gay rights, among many others, capturing the spotlight, especially in political elections, both domestically and abroad. Other social issues have already been a part of the national conversation for decades, including obesity, poverty, and racism and discrimination, although the latter has reemerged as a critical example of social injustice. An important piece in the progression of our ability to address these issues is the assessment of implicit bias, which is now a common buzz word that can be heard daily on news radio (e.g., NPR) and in recent presidential debates. In addition to assessing and identifying implicit attitudes and bias, understanding some of the factors that contribute to the development of these implicit attitudes is also an important step toward ultimately developing interventions on the social issues of interest. This presentation offers empirical data on the assessment of various implicit attitudes among a large sample of medical students, and discusses ways by which these data may serve to inform eventual assessments and interventions pertaining to other socio-cultural issues.

 

The Emergence and Decline of a Cultural Movement: A Behavior Science Perspective

(Applied Research)
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

In previous presentations, I have spoken about the actions of five individuals and the contextual variables that resulted in the creation of the Mexican Muralist movement—the largest movement of its type since the Renaissance. This revolutionary movement left an historic and public record of Mexico’s social and political circumstances in the first half of the twentieth century. In this presentation, I explain why the movement emerged in 1921 and declined by the mid-1950s. By drawing upon the behavior scientific perspective and associated units of analysis, I describe the murals and illustrate the contextual variables in the movement’s evolution. Many cultural phenomena present similar characteristics and this analysis might aid in understanding them.

 

Constraining Our Future Selves: Overcoming the Super Wicked Problem of Climate Change

(Applied Research)
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC)
Abstract:

Climate change is seen as an accelerating problem challenging the earths population with human behavior being a driver of change. Prevention of climate change fades as an objective not likely to be achieved before impacts soon affect millions of people. Attention turns to adaptation to new eco-systems as leaders seek policies that help populations respond to climate changes. Climate change is defined as a super wicked problem as (1) time is running out (2) those who cause the problem seek to solve it (3) there is no central global authority to manage solutions and (4) humans discount future consequences. This paper considers the behavioral dimensions of policies that might offer a step-wise, iterative approach to preparing communities for accelerating climate changes and enabling humans to adapt to what lies ahead. Policies that interlock behavior and constrain consumption of energy-demading resources are likely to transition populations from unsustainable lifestyles to more adaptive behavior. It is recommended that these policies originate within leading communities (early adopters), generate data allowing determination of benefit, are codified to permit replication, attract investors, and expand to mid and late stage adopters. This aligns with methodologies used in behavior analysis and offers a route towards globalization of effective behavior change technologies that constrain our path to an unsustainable future.

 
 
Symposium #415
CE Offered: BACB
Training Staff to Implement Basic Behavioral Technologies for Consumers With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Jason C. Vladescu, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium includes three presentations on training staff to implement behavioral technologies for consumers with autism spectrum disorder. The first study evaluated the use of video modeling with voiceover instruction and on-screen text plus performance feedback to train implementation of stimulus preference assessments. All staff mastered the preference assessments and demonstrated high levels of generalized responding. The second study evaluated the use of enhanced data sheets to reduce teacher error patterns related to teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations. The results indicated that the enhanced data sheets resulted in a decrease in error patterns. The third study trained teachers to implement discrete trial teaching using behavioral skills training. All teachers implemented discrete trial teaching with high integrity and adequately trained paraprofessionals to implement discrete trial teaching. Presenters will discuss findings in light of previous studies and provide avenues for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral skillstraining, Enhanced datasheets, Staff training, Video modeling
 

Using Video Modeling With Voiceover Instruction Plus Feedback to Train Implementation of Stimulus Preference Assessments

CASEY NOTTINGHAM (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Antonia Giannakakos (Caldwell University), Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University), Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts frequently use stimulus preference assessments to identify putative reinforcers for consumers with autism spectrum disorder. The current study evaluated the effect of video modeling with voiceover instruction and on-screen text (VMVOT) and performance feedback to train staff to implement the multiple-stimulus-without-replacement, paired-stimulus, and single-stimulus preference assessments. Generalization probes with a larger stimulus array and with an actual consumer were conducted. The results indicated that VMVOT may be a useful prelude to in-vivo training approaches, as all staff mastered the preference assessments and demonstrated high levels of generalized responding. This outcome is discussed in light of previous staff training studies and avenues for future research.

 

Reducing Error Patterns When Teaching Receptive Identification to Students With Autism Using Enhanced Datasheets

Stacy Lauderdale-Littin (Monmouth University), JAYE ODOM (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract:

Teaching receptive identification to learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) requires careful consideration. Simple instructional errors, such as arrangement of materials, can slow skill acquisition and unintentionally result in a learner response bias to position or stimulus. In the context of teaching receptive identification, best practice recommendations suggest rotating the target stimulus across trials, conducting an equal number of trials with each stimulus as sample, and counterbalancing placement of comparison stimuli in the array across trials (Grow & LeBlanc, 2012). In the current study, we evaluated the use of enhanced data sheets to reduce teacher error patterns related to practice recommendations for teaching receptive identification of skills to students with ASD. Three teachers participated in an evaluation of traditional and enhanced data sheets utilizing a multiple baseline design. Results indicate that participants were not consistently counterbalancing placement of comparison stimuli across trials prior to the implementation of the enhanced datasheet. Following implementation of the enhanced data sheet, placement of target stimuli and comparison stimuli were counterbalanced with 100% accuracy. Implications for use within the classroom will be discussed.

 
A Descriptive Assessment of Pyramidal Training
KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Stephanie Smothermon (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Brittany Zey (University of Houston Clear Lake), Taylor Custer (University of Houston Clear Lake), Leah Smith (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Pyramidal training is an efficient approach for disseminating behavior analytic teaching practices into public schools serving students with autism. In this study, we evaluated 16 teachers’ use of behavior skills training (BST) while they trained paraprofessionals to use discrete trial teaching (DTT). Experimenters initially used BST to train the teachers to implement DTT but did not directly instruct the teachers to use BST when training the paraprofessionals. The teachers adequately trained all of the paraprofessionals. A descriptive assessment of the training indicated that that all teachers used written instructions, seven teachers modeled at least 90% of the DTT components, and 15 teachers role-played the components with the paraprofessional. Only eight teachers collected data on treatment integrity for more than 30% of sessions. All teachers provided feedback during the in-situ portion of the training. However, teachers were less likely to deliver praise for correctly implemented components than to deliver corrective feedback for incorrectly implemented components. Seven of the 16 teachers required experimenter feedback to increase the integrity of the paraprofessional’s performance. Total training time (prior to experimenter feedback) ranged from 125 to 325 min.
 
 
Symposium #416
CE Offered: BACB
Doing What Matters: Empirical and Conceptual Investigations Into Valuing as a Behavioral Phenomenon
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Evelyn R. Gould (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
CE Instructor: Evelyn R. Gould, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is first and foremost the study of reinforcement and not all reinforcement is equal. The effects of many reinforcers are determined by their physical properties but for humans with sophisticated verbal repertoires, the verbal behavior of the subject can have substantial effects on the potency of reinforcers. The topic of values is rarely addressed by behavior analysis and yet most every human identifies with values in some way. Furthermore, some effective behavior analytic interventions, such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, incorporate verbal behavior manipulations that directly target values, to significant effect. Despite the clear importance of addressing values, there is no consensus on what values are, if anything, in a science of behavior. This symposium brings together two papers that address this question, by analyzing values as verbal behavior that describes broad classes of potential future consequences and which has significant function-altering effects on later stimuli. Thus, values are conceptualized as verbal events that have motivating operation and rule functions. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Timothy Weil.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): augmentals, motivating operations, rules, values
 
What’s the Point? A Behavioral Conceptualization of Valuing
EVELYN R. GOULD (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California and FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: Successful navigation of life’s ongoing challenges requires the establishment of powerful motivational operations and intermediary reinforcers. We propose that values can be conceptualized as a class of verbally constructed reinforcers (i.e., verbal rules), which establish or alter the degree to which consequences function as reinforces or punishers (Hayes et al., 2003). Values might thus provide us with the direction and motivation to engage in large and effortful behavior change, in the face of competing contingencies that can maintain problematic patterns of behavior. This talk will conduct a systematic behavioral conceptual analysis of values as rule-governed behavior and motivating operations, and discuss applications of the analysis across multiple areas of practice, in addition to suggesting areas of future research.
 

Moving With Meaning: Examining the Impact of Stimuli With Derived Values Functions on Behavioral Flexibility

VICTORIA SUMMERS (University of Louisiana, Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana, Lafayette), Gina Boullion (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Contacting ones values and engaging in behavior consistent with those values has been associated with improved physical and mental health, increases in quality of life, and increases in overall well-being.?Values have long been implemented in psychological treatments, but there seems to be little known about valuing in terms of behavioral processes. For example, it is unclear how valuing affects behavioral variability and sensitivity to changing contingencies in one's environment.? Because valuing is a verbal process, it could function to dominate control of behavior, desensitizing individuals to potential contingencies that could support more effective action. On the other hand, appetitive control is traditionally with more broad and variable behavioral sensitivity across repertoires.? The purpose of this study was to examine the effects that derived values functions have on behavior in response to changing contingencies. Participants who underwent relational training to establish derived values functions for arbitrary cues performed better and showed more sensitivity to changing reinforcement than participants for whom cues were meaningless.

 
 
Symposium #417
CE Offered: BACB
The Culture of Science
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract: Scientific disciplines are cultural entities to the extent that they involve individual behavior that is organized around shared stimulus functions, including values, standards, and more. The present symposium focuses on factors that influence the behavior of individual scientists, emphasizing those factors that both strengthen and threaten progress within individual sciences and the larger domain of science more generally. The first presentation focuses on the growing impact of technology and widespread access to information on scientific disciplines. In particular, the presentation considers the manner in which such information is used and its relationship to philosophical competence. The second and third presentations focus on factors that relate to the novelty of scientific work. Of particular emphasis are practices that reduce the likelihood of individual scientists pursuing novel or creative areas of research and scholarly inquiry. The first of these presentations focuses on the impact of notoriety or success, with the second focusing on the ways in which journal editorial practices impact the pursuit of creative work, including various ethical issues related to these matters.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
The Google Scholar
DOMINIQUE STEDHAM (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Over the last century society has undergone a substantial paradigm shift involving conventional changes in and rapid evolution of material, social, and philosophical conditions. With the advent of informational technological systems, a transition in the behavior of scholars composing varying scientific disciplines emerged. The accelerating pace of change resulting from the age of information technology has expanded the scholar’s contact with various constructs. This expanded contact results from an increase in the access to a high volume of information and a decrease in the time it takes to access it (Hayes, 2001). As such, it has altered scholarly activity requiring a shift in emphasis concerning the development of competent scholarly repertoires. It is argued that the more familiar the scholar is with the philosophical assumptions of their scientific discipline, the more likely they will be able to not only interact with the available materials, but to generate novel and significant contributions (Kantor, 1971). The scholars of today must question how this change in access has influenced their scientific contact with both events and constructs. This paper will identify and expand upon the differences between the repertoires of these scholars and moreover will discuss the implications on training competent scientific scholars.
 
Fame and Fortune
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This paper considers a conventional notion that fame and fortune are the outcomes of good works from a societal standpoint. The value of these outcomes and the means by which they are achieved are discussed in two domains of psychological work. It is argued that fame and fortune may be attained in the professional domain without cost to the profession. In this domain, pursuit of these outcomes is just another profession. More specifically, fame and fortune are products of marketing. By contrast, it is argued that that neither of these outcomes can be attained in the scientific domain without cost to the science. Instead, the pursuit of fame and fortune turns scientists into professionals. This is the case because the raw outcomes of scientific work are not consumed by society absent the marketing of society-ready translations. As such, the good that the work of scientists, operating as scientists, is capable of achieving is traded for fame and fortune.
 
Editors and the Progress of Science
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The novelty of scientific research and scholarly inquiry within scientific disciplines seems central to disciplinary progress. Novel research and scholarship is not always easy to come by, though. In fact, a number of factors may actually work to prevent creative research from being pursued by scientists. One of those factors pertains to common publishing practices within different scientific groups. The present presentation focuses on the role of editors in the progress of science, and considers how editors may both advance and hinder novel scientific research. Indeed, editors may be more likely to support work that is consistent with existing work, including their own, as opposed to that which looks at things from a different way, perhaps questioning existing ways of thinking. The unfortunate outcome of this circumstance is scientific research that becomes routine and dull; a ritualistic enterprise (Kantor, 1953). At the same time, sciences have conventions and standards, and it is the role of editors to honor those standards. It is hoped that a careful consideration of these issues will highlight how Editors can be most helpful in ensuring progress while at the same time honoring disciplinary standards.
 
 
Symposium #418
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Compliance With Activities of Daily Living and Medically Necessary Procedures
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England)
CE Instructor: Timothy Nipe, M.A.
Abstract:

Children with developmental disabilities often emit avoidant behavior in the presence of stimuli associated with certain contexts and settings (Schumacher and Rapp, 2011). These conditioned aversive stimuli are often correlated with necessary medical procedures and personal hygiene routines, i.e., dental exams (Lee, Graham and Hughes, 2008); wearing of prescription prosthetics (Deleon et al., 2008; Richling, 2011); and haircuts (Schumaker and Rapp, 2011). Successful avoidance of these procedures can have deleterious effects on the health and well-being of the individuals emitting these avoidant behaviors. Missed or incomplete dental exams can lead to increased tooth decay and other related health concerns. Refusing to wear the prescribed prosthetics that would correct visual and hearing impairments for extended periods of time can delay development in various domains including motor and communication skills (Kiani & Miller, 2010). Refusing or receiving partial haircuts can lead to negative social stigmatization. This symposium summarizes the effects of treatment packages in increasing compliance with these necessary procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Dental, Haircutting, Prosthetics, Toleration
 

Increasing Compliance with Wearing of Multiple Prescription Prosthetics

TIMOTHY NIPE (Melmark, Inc., Endicott College), Arthur Dowdy (Melmark, Inc., Temple University), Jennifer Quigley (Melmark, Inc., Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities often suffer from concomitant visual and hearing impairments (Nielsen, Skov, & Jensen, 2007; Kiani & Miller, 2010). This population often refuses to wear the prescribed prosthetics that would correct visual and hearing impairments for extended periods of time (Haugen, Aasved, & Bertelsen, 1995). These impairments can delay development in various domains including motor and communication skills (Rine et al., 2000, Kiani & Miller, 2010). This study investigates the effect of a treatment package on individuals compliance with the simultaneous wearing of eyeglasses and hearing aids. The treatment package consisted of noncontingent reinforcement, response cost and response blocking based upon the findings from the functional analysis. A component analysis was completed, which suggested that NCR was the necessary component to maintain wearing of both the hearing aid and eyeglasses for sufficient durations of time. The treatment package was then thinned from a continuous schedule to the terminal schedule which was based on an existing schedule within the participants 24 hr plan. These changes in behavior were generalized across environments and therapists.

 

Effects of Reinforcement and Fading Within a Dental Desensitization Program for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

LAUREN CARTER (Melmark New England), Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Historically, children with autism spectrum disorder have difficulty with medical procedures including, but not limited to, routine dental exams. Lee, Graham, and Hughes (2008) found that more than half of the patients with autism exhibited uncooperative/negative behavior during dental exams. Research has shown that reinforcement schedules and shaping procedures can be effective in increasing positive behaviors and teaching skills. The current study examined the use of differential reinforcement during a dental desensitization program to increase compliance with dental cleanings across several students diagnosed with autism. Baseline was conducted for each individual to determine toleration of dental cleanings. Preference assessments were conducted to determine potential reinforcers. Differential reinforcement was implemented for completion of steps within a task analysis comprised of actions that are completed during a routine dental exam based on a set schedule of reinforcement. As progress was achieved, the schedule of reinforcement was thinned. Reinforcement has been thinned completely for one individual in the study. Differential reinforcement has proved to be effective within this desensitization program.

 

The Effects of Using a Multi-Component Treatment Package to Increase Independence With Haircutting

ARTHUR DOWDY (Melmark, Inc., Temple University), Jennifer Quigley (Melmark, Inc., The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Minimal research has examined treatment effects for haircutting with individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. No research has examined treatment effects for individuals who engage in high intensity challenging behavior to escape the task of haircutting. This treatment package aimed to increase independence with the skill of haircutting while decreasing the overall duration of the haircut and rate of challenging behavior. Prior to assessment, the participant engaged in high rates of challenging behavior when haircuts were attempted and duration of haircuts could extend up to 8 hours before completion. Multiple interventions had been unsuccessful in increasing independence or decreasing challenging behavior prior to this presented treatment package. The treatment package consisted of avoidance from aversive stimuli, non-contingent reinforcement (NCR), and reinforcement for engaging in independent haircutting. Results showed that the treatment package reduced levels of challenging behavior during haircuts, decreased the overall duration of haircuts, and increased independence with haircutting behavior. The treatment was successfully generalized across environments and the primary caretakers were faded in as therapists. Follow-up probes showed that the participant had maintained low durations with haircutting and low levels of challenging behaviors associated with haircutting for over 2 months.

 
 
Symposium #419
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethics and the Treatment of Problematic Sexual Behavior in Residential Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center)
CE Instructor: Kimberly E. Church, Psy.D.
Abstract:

While sexual behavior is not inherently problematic, contextually inappropriate sexual behavior can be harmful to both clients and communities. The purpose of this symposium is to present perspectives of those who have worked in the areas harmful or problematic sexual behavior, and to examine data-based decision making and ethical considerations for the clients and communities they serve.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): data-based, problematic sexual, sexually harmful
 

Ethics of Restricting Age-Appropriate Activities to Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities With Harmful Sexual Behavior

DUNCAN PRITCHARD (Aran Hall School), Veda Richards (The Senad Group), Heather Penney (Aran Hall School), F. Charles Mace (Aran Hall School)
Abstract:

A multi-component behavioral intervention (MCBI) was associated with a reduction in severe problem behavior, including harmful sexual behavior in some young people attending a residential program in a rural area of the UK. Those young people who adhered to the program earned access to the internet and social media and also participated in staff supported community-based activities such as attending college and work experience. These young people were also allowed to travel further from the school to go to, for example, the cinema, sports events, and restaurants. Those young people who did not adhere to the program by not demonstrating consistent levels of safe and appropriate were denied access to some of these activities. The ethical considerations of denying young people access to age-appropriate activities will be discussed.

 
Overview of a Sexual Behavior Treatment Package Combining Rule Governed and Contingency Shaped Behavioral Interventions
STEPHANI FAUERBACH (Human Development Center), Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center), Ashley Tomaka (Human Development Center)
Abstract: Due to ethical and safety considerations in treating problematic sexual behavior, it is often necessary to truncate baselines and accelerate the assessment process to initiate treatment designed to prevent further occurrences of harmful behavior. Antecedent manipulations, including verbal descriptions of behavioral contingencies, combined with shaping may provide an effective way to prevent or reduce the occurrence of problematic sexual behavior and promote pro-social behaviors. An overview and longitudinal clinical data for a residential treatment package for adult males diagnosed with intellectual disabilities, co-occurring mental health disorders and a history of problematic sexual behavior will be presented. Training includes programs on societal rules for appropriate sexual behavior, along with the consequences of appropriate or inappropriate behavioral responses. Clinical case examples illustrating a long-term data driven treatment process incorporating the use of rule and consequence anticipation as an adjunct to treatment will be provided, along with suggestions for applied research.
 
Real World Examples of Ethical Code Applications for Behavior Analytic Treatment of Sexual Offending Behavior
ASHLEY TOMAKA (Human Development Center), Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center), Stephani Fauerbach (Human Development Center)
Abstract: Ethical considerations are an integral part of service delivery in behavior analysis, especially when the focus of treatment is problematic sexual behavior. In this presentation, case examples requiring ethically sound data-based decisions will be presented and discussed while highlighting relevant elements of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s (BACB’s) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (the “Code”). Common ethical dilemmas arising in service provision include balancing individual rights and community safety, designing effective treatment targeting covert or low frequency behavior, and assessing treatment effectiveness and planning for appropriate treatment fadeout. Clinical data will be presented to illustrate real world examples of how these challenges may be addressed safely and effectively. Clinical findings support an individualized data-based approach based on ongoing assessment through probes and in situ monitoring.
 
 
Symposium #420
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies to Improve the Quality of Service Delivery in School- and Home-Based Services: Novel Approaches to the Development of Parents, Teachers, and Paraprofessionals as Interventionists
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis)
CE Instructor: Christian Sabey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The technology of Behavior Analysis has yielded significant societal benefits through structured, systematic services in controlled settings. However, there is an increasing need for services in homes, schools, and community settings. Access to well-trained, experienced interventionists in these settings is less likely than in clinical settings. This symposium examines novel approaches to the training, coaching, and professional development of a variety of interventionists available in these settings. As the quality of services offered by these agents in more naturalistic settings increases, target behaviors are more likely to be generalized and maintained thereby increasing the quality of life and long-term outcomes for our clients.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Home-based services, Naturalistic Teaching, School-based interventions, Staff Training
 
Using Self-Management and Student Feedback to Increase Instructor's Use of Specific Praise in an Out-of-School Time Program
(Applied Research)
CADE T. CHARLTON (Brigham Young University), Richard P. West (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University)
Abstract: An experimental study of the effects of a self-management procedure using student feedback on teachers’ use of specific praise will be described and discussed. The procedures were designed to be simple, low-cost, and effective without extensive coaching and support. Participating instructors in an out-of-school time program completed self-evaluations, collected student feedback, and accessed visual performance feedback daily via low-cost mobile devices in their classrooms. Four participating instructors in this study increased their use of specific praise relative to baseline rates. In addition, instructors increased their use of general praise, student names, and detailed descriptions as the study progressed.
 
Disseminating Parenting Behavior Skills Through Social Groups in Low Resource Environments: A Pyramidal Training Approach
(Applied Research)
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: In countries that populations have high rates of poverty, parenting a child with a disability can be extremely difficult. The lack of qualified professionals combined with the added stress of behavior challenges are common in Eastern and Southeastern Europe. A series of studies were conducted in the Western Balkans and Russia on a novel approach to disseminating research-based practices by training parents to facilitate training of other parents. In all cases, parents of children with disabilities were taught skills using a behavior skills training approach that included instructions, modeling, role-play, and feedback. In the first study, contingent praise was taught though three and four levels of parents who trained other parents. In the second study, a naturalistic mand training protocol was trained in a group of three mothers of children with autism. The combined results indicated that proximity to the therapist did not impact skill acquisition which indicates that this approach may be effective for disseminating parenting skills in low resource environments.
 

Brief, Localized, Intensive, Social Skills Intervention: Training Typical School Personnel to Deliver Social Skills Instruction

(Applied Research)
Christian Sabey (Brigham Young University), REBECCA HARTZELL (University of Arizona)
Abstract:

Social skills training is critical to the success of students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, many schools struggle to find the personnel with the expertise to be able to deliver effective social skills instruction. In this study we identified typical school personnel to deliver a social skills intervention. Researchers trained the school personnel to deliver the intervention and measure the effect of the intervention on the social interactions of the students with ASD. The social skills intervention included picking up students from lunch and beginning a lesson. Then continuing the lesson on the playground and giving the student a goal to work on during recess. Students were observed and their behavior recorded during recess. We also measured the fidelity of implementation of the intervention and report on the level of support required for the school personnel to implement with fidelity. We found that with minor support, school personnel successfully implemented the intervention and had a positive effect on students with ASD

 
 
Invited Paper Session #422
CE Offered: BACB

Electronics and 3D Printing: A Basic Guide for Behavior Analysts

Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Rogelio Escobar, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Dr. Rogelio Escobar earned a degree in Psychology in 2001 and a doctoral degree in behavior analysis in 2007 at the National Autonomous University of Mexico. He was a postdoctoral fellow at West Virginia University from 2008 to 2010. He has been a Professor of Psychology at the National Autonomous University of Mexico since 2010 and is the current Editor of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis. Dr. Escobar has worked on animal and human operant research and has specialized on the history of instruments in experimental psychology and behavior analysis, and the application of new technologies to the development of instruments for operant research. In 2012 he received the SABA International Development Grant for a project to teach behavior analysts how to use new technologies to build inexpensive equipment for operant research and classroom demonstrations. In 2014 he coedited with Janet Twyman a Special Issue of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis on Behavior Analysis and Technology. In 2016 he started TAC3D, a company that designs and manufactures low-cost 3D-printed operant chambers. He received recognition as National Researcher by the Mexican Council of Science and Technology.
Abstract:

Most behavior analysts would agree that new technologies can help advancing behavior analysis. It is certainly appealing to integrate new developments in electronics and manufacturing techniques, such as 3d printing, into the study of behavior. Taking the steps to actually do it, however, can be challenging. Selecting the right tools from the vast array of choices and learning how to use them, aside from consuming time and money, could take behavior analysts away from their main interest: the study of behavior. During the time that I have been working with 3D printing and electronics, I have identified inexpensive electronic devices and have encountered and created free-distribution software that are not only readily available but can also be used with minimum effort. In this talk I will describe such components and software and will show how electronics and 3D printing technologies can be combined in the design of simple inexpensive devices that can be used for recording and reinforcing responses in basic or applied settings. The rationale followed to assemble such devices could be extended to integrate other electronic components that could help behavior analysts identify responses and present stimuli in varied and innovative ways.

Target Audience:

Students and scientists with a knowledge of the principles of behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) discuss the basics of the simple electronics used in a fully automatic operant-conditioning chamber, including the basics of sensors for detecting responses and devices for presenting stimuli; (2) select and know the basics of easy-to-use electronic components that can be used in operant research and demonstrations; (3) find, download and use the free and open programs that can be used to control such electronic components; (4) find and download free and open source tridimensional models of parts used in standard operant chambers; (5) select free and easy-to-use programs to modify or design tridimensional models of parts used in operant-conditioning equipmentf; (6) think about innovative ways of using new and inexpensive sensors for detecting a variety of response dimensions and devices for presenting stimuli.
 
 
Symposium #423
CE Offered: BACB
Training Staff to Implement Skill Acquisition, Reinforcement, and Data Collection Procedures
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carole Ann Deitchman (DataPath ABA)
CE Instructor: Carole Ann Deitchman, M.A.
Abstract: Developing effective staff training procedures are essential for the application of behavior analytic strategies. Specifically, training staff to implement a variety of skill aquisition procedures while accurately measuring their effectiveness is important. Furthermore, reducing staff training time without sacrificing integrity is further beneficial. It also might be important to take preference of staff trainees into consideration. This symposium, therefore, will review three studies on staff training involving skill acquisition, reinforcement procedures, and discontinuous data collection procedures. The first study was a modified behavior skills training package that taught a behavior chain interruption strategy to staff trainees with no prior experience. The second study was an evaluation of varying lengths of discontinuous data collection systems, such as 10s and 30s momentary time sampling and partial interval recording data collection procedures on the number of errors and preferences of staff trainees. The last study was determining the most common error during the implementation of a variable-ratio schedule of reinforcement and evaluating the effects of intervention.
Instruction Level: Basic
 

Training Staff to Implement A Behavior Chain Interruption Procedure Using a Video Model With Voice Over Instruction Plus Feedback

REBECCA STINGER (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated the effects of staff training using a video model with voice over instruction plus feedback to implement multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment and a behavior chain interruption strategy in a multiple-baseline design across participants. The dependent variable was the percentage of correct responses on undergraduate students implementation of a preference assessment and behavior chain interruption procedure. Procedural integrity, Interobserver agreement on procedural integrity and inter-observer agreement data were collected on 50% of sessions across all measures and ranged from 90-100%. The results demonstrated that in baseline there was low to no correct responses, baseline with written instruction demonstrated higher responding. Once the video model was implemented the participants reached mastery criterion on 100% correct steps within three sessions. A treatment extension was evaluated for skill acquisition of child participants diagnosed with autism from ages seven to nine. University undergraduate students scored 95% or higher for percentage of correct responses and both of the child participants met mastery criterion across two consecutive sessions within five sessions.

 

Evaluating Teacher Implementation of Discontinuous Data Collection in the Classroom

SHAWNA UEYAMA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica M. Dashow (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Discontinuous data collection procedures such as momentary time sampling (MTS) and partial interval recording (PIR) provide practitioners with an alternative to continuous data collection. However, many studies on the accuracy of MTS and PIR are not conducted in applied settings and do not consider human error. The present study compared the use of MTS and PIR in a classroom setting using three teacher-student dyads, aiming to identify the procedure that had the least methodological and human error when used by teachers collecting data on stereotypy. Methodological error was measured by comparing teacher-collected estimates to duration data coded from video. Human error was quantified by calculating teachers' treatment integrity (TI) of an instructional protocol and their interobserver agreement (IOA) for each discontinuous data collection method. This study also compared the social validity of these procedures by examining teacher perceptions and preference. Results indicated that PIR significantly overestimated the occurrence of stereotypy, while MTS yielded accurate estimates. All three teachers erroneously perceived PIR to be more accurate than MTS. Results for human error indicated that these teachers maintained high TI and IOA. Lastly, findings from the present study suggest that the factors that affect preference are complex and vary across individuals.

 
Reducing Error Patterns in Variable Ratio Schedules Using a Programmed Schedule of Reinforcement
ERICA M. DASHOW (Rutgers University), Stacy Lauderdale-Littin (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: When utilizing reinforcement, the type and schedule of reinforcement can impact the strength of learner response (DeLuca & Holborn, 1990). For example, a variable ratio (VR) schedule of reinforcement produces a high, steady rate of responding by the learner, supports maintenance of positive behaviors over time, prevents satiation of reinforcement, teaches delayed gratification, and makes behavior less resistant to extinction. When using a VR schedule, the interval of time with which reinforcement is delivered should vary but, on average, be equal to the interval specified by the schedule. However, execution of this schedule of reinforcement can be difficult to implement with fidelity. Utilizing a multiple baseline design across participants, we sought to determine the most common errors during teacher implementation of VR schedules of reinforcement, and evaluate the effects of a programmed schedule of reinforcement in reducing errors. Three teachers participated in this evaluation. Within baseline, the calculated mean remained close to the specified VR schedule, however, there was little overall variability. Results indicate instructors increased variability within the implemented reinforcement schedule and remained closer to the desired mean with the use of a programmed schedule of reinforcement. Implications for use within the classroom will be discussed.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #425
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Social and Cognitive Foundations of Language Acquisition

Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
PAUL IBBOTSON (The Open University)
Paul Ibbotson studied geology for three years and then linguistics for a further year. After several more unwise and eccentric decisions he gained his Ph.D. in developmental psychology from the Max Planck Child Study Centre at the University of Manchester, UK. He currently works at The Open University teaching and researching psychology.
Abstract:

Usage-based theories see language as a complex adaptive system: the interaction between history the processes that shape how languages are passed from one generation to the next and human psychology the set of unique social and cognitive capacities that allow generations to learn a language in the first place. I will argue that findings from language acquisition research, typology, and psycholinguistics are converging on the idea that language is fundamentally built out of use and generalizations over those usage events. Interestingly, none of the fundamental mechanisms of the usage-based approach are required to be a language-specific adaptation. Language shows creativity, categories, and recursion because people think creatively, categorically, and recursively. I will discuss a range of experimental, corpus and observational work showing that understanding the developmental of language acquisition can benefit from integrating the developmental of non-linguistic faculties, such as executive control, categorization and social-reasoning.

Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners interested in theories of language

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) describe some of the fundamental theoretical issues in language acquisition research; (2) exemplify the cognitive linguistics approach to studying language development; (3) evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of this approach.
 
 
Symposium #426
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Examining Treatment Procedures for Feeding Problems Exhibited by Children With and Without Diagnoses
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida)
Discussant: Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Jonathan K Fernand, M.A.
Abstract:

The current symposium will focus on extending previous research on the treatment of pediatric feeding problems. The first presentation provides an evaluation of treatment components designed to treat rapid eating. The second presentation focuses on extending reinforcement-based treatments for children of typical development who engage in selective eating habits. The third presentation provides an overview of reinforcement and extinction used to treat food selectivity in children with autism and provides data on changes in food preferences following those treatments. The final presentation also examines reinforcement and extinction in the treatment of food selectivity with a focus on changes in preference and generalization to untreated foods. Participants will obtain an overview of various treatments for feeding problems across different presenting problems and populations. Directions for extending prior literature and the current studies will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Escape extinction, Feeding problems, Food selectivity, Rapid eating
 

Reduction of Rapid Eating in an Adolescent Female With Autism

Scott Page (California State University, Sacramento), KRISTIN GRIFFITH (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Rapid eating is exhibited by both typically developing persons as well as individuals with developmental disabilities and is considered to be a potentially dangerous and socially inappropriate behavior (Favell, McGimsey, & Jones, 1980). The rather limited behavior analytic research on rapid eating has demonstrated that the use of prompts and vibrating pagers (MotivAider) may be an effective and unobtrusive intervention package to reduce the pace of eating (Anglesea, Hoch, Taylor, 2008; Echeverria & Miltenberger, 2013). This study evaluated the use of a vibrating pager combined with a rule for reducing the pace of eating in one adolescent female diagnosed with autism in a multiple probe design across two settings (clinic and home). The primary dependent variable was inter-response time (or time between bites). Results indicated that inter-response time did not increase from baseline levels until after a vocal prompt to wait was introduced. The participants eating pace quickly came under control of the vibrating pager and prompts were naturally faded in the clinic setting. Implications for promoting autonomy in individuals with developmental disabilities will be discussed.

 

A Comparison of Simultaneous Versus Sequential Meal Presentation With Picky Eaters

COLLEEN WHELAN (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

This study extends the research on the effects of simultaneous and sequential food presentation methods with children who are picky eaters. The sequential presentation method examined in this study differs in portion size from previous examinations of this method. In this study, an age-appropriate sized portion of non-preferred food (NPF) is presented as an appetizer before the participants preferred food (PF) is presented. Participants were required to consume their NPF before gaining access to their PF (i.e., dinner). This Appetizer Presentation Method is compared to a simultaneous presentation method called, Total Meal Presentation. This presentation method closely resembles a typical meal in most households. In the Total Meal Presentation, a whole portion of both the PF and NPF were presented together on the same plate and the participants were allowed to eat what they choose. Two participants, Lars and Marshall are typically developing brothers, ages 6 and 3, participated in this study. The Appetizer Presentation Method, was effective in increasing consumption of NP foods for both participants. Data and participant characteristics will be discussed as they relate to the effectiveness of the Appetizer Presentation Method for varying levels of picky eating and food selectivity.

 
Evaluation of Extinction in the Treatment of Food Selectivity
JESSICA FOSTER JUANICO (The University of Kansas), Joseph D. Dracobly (Eastern Connecticut State University), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Sequential presentation (i.e., differential reinforcement of alternative behavior) is a widely used procedure to increase consumption of non-preferred foods in individuals with food selectivity (e.g., Najdowski, Wallace, Doney, & Ghezzi, 2003). Extinction is a critical component of sequential presentation; however, there are often challenges associated with its implementation (e.g., Athens & Vollmer, 2010; Piazza, Moes, & Fisher, 2011). These challenges may make sequential presentation difficult to implement under certain situations (e.g., Pace, Ivancic, & Jefferson, 1994). Thus, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of sequential presentation with and without extinction. In addition, we conducted pre- and post-preference assessments to determine whether there were any shifts in preference of non-preferred foods following exposure to treatment. Results thus far suggest that sequential presentation is an effective treatment for increasing consumption of non-preferred foods; however, extinction is a necessary component. Additionally, for one participant, acceptance of the non-preferred foods increased during the post-preference assessment as compared to the pre-preference assessment.
 

An Evaluation of Generalization in the Treatment of Food Selectivity

JONATHAN K FERNAND (University of Florida), Varsovia Hernandez (Universidad Veracruzana), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Food selectivity and refusal behavior remain a prevalent problem especially in children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Differential reinforcement combined with escape extinction is often used to treat food selectivity (e.g., Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003). Escape extinction is effective in treating pediatric feeding problems, yet is often implemented across several foods simultaneously. Thus, the purpose of the current project was to examine the generalization effects of a nonremoval of the spoon procedure on generalized consumption to nonpreferred foods with similar or dissimilar properties as the treatment food. The current study evaluated implementation across one food at a time for four separate subjects and measured pre- and post-treatment preference changes. Implications for research and clinical practice for long-term treatments will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #427
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Verbal Behavior and Behavioral Interventions to Treat Articulation and Speech Sound Disorders in Children With Autism
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, M.S.
Abstract:

Prevalence of speech errors in the autism population is placed between 24 and 33% ( Rapin, Dunn, Allen, Stevens and Fein, 2009; Cleland, Gibbon, Pepp, OHare, and Rutherford, 2010; Shriberg, Paul, et al., 2001). While several Behavior Analytic studies address early vocalizations and communication in the autism population, very few such studies address the profound articulation problems faced by children in the spectrum. Speech Sound Disorders present a formidable barrier to further speech development. This Symposium presents successes in this clinically important area with 3 experimental papers on specific behavioral technologies covering Sufficient Response Exemplar Training, Phonetic hand prompting methods and Precision Teaching procedures. A conceptual paper introduces a behavioral perspective to interpretation of speech sound disorders, their classification and assessment challenges.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Using Sufficient Response Exemplar Training to Address Speech Sound Disorders in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Vidushi Sharma (ABA India)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at a higher risk of being affected by speech disorders and often require remedial intervention. SufficientResponse-Exemplar Training of vocal imitation was used to successfully teach two typically developing children to articulate several Norwegian words with blends (Eikeseth and Nesset, 2003). The present study extends and adapts these procedures to children with Autism. Participants were a 11-year-old boy and a 15-year-old girl, both with ASD and speech sound disorders. For each participant 3 sets of 10 words, with specific blends they had difficulties with in the initial position were targeted for training. Within stimulus prompts, shaping, chaining and supplementary prompts were added to the intervention. A multiple baseline across behaviors (word sets with target blends) demonstrated improvement in articulation of trained words and generalization of correct articulation to untrained words in both participants. This study provides support for the value of sufficient response exemplar training in addressing speech sound disorders in children with ASD.

 

Improving Speech Production Skills in a Child With Autism and Apraxia of Speech Using Phonetic Hand Cues

(Applied Research)
TAMARA S. KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment), Laura Biwer (53211)
Abstract:

Improving speech intelligibility in children with autism with limited vocal repertoires is the focus of many early intensive behavior programs. Phonetic hand cueing systems are commonly promoted in commercially available speech-language products (Carahaly, 2012; Kaufman, 2007; Strode, 1994), however; research on effectiveness is limited (Hall and Jordan, 1992, Jordan 1988, Klick, 1985, Stelton & Graves 1985). This study examines the effectiveness of phonetic hand cues as a stimulus control transfer procedure to improve articulatory precision in a six year old with autism and limited vocal behavior. Results revealed rapid acquisition of 20 hand cues, steady acquisition of 248 single word echoics when hand cues were used as an antecedent prompt, and an increase in words and phrases improved when hand cues were used as error correction during natural environment training. Results of formal assessment of speech production skills by an independent speech-language pathologist revealed a reduction in errors on the Hodson Assessment of Phonological Targets Third Edition from 194 to 57 errors over a 10 month period. Results confirm previous case study findings that phonetic hand cues may be an effective intervention in promoting speech production skills in children with autism with limited vocal repertoires.

 

Fluency Training Interventions to Address Speech Sound Disorders and Articulation in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

Fluency Training emphasizes rate as a preferred response dimension (Binder,1996) with evidence that learning to perform a component skill accurately at high rates could lead to faster acquisition of composite skills (Binder 1996; Johnson and Layng,1994). KS a 17 year old girl with autism and profound speech sound disorder participated in this delayed multiple baseline across behaviors study. Single consonant- vowel sounds tu, and fu were targeted and trained using Precision Teaching procedures (Lindsley,1964) and Standard Celeration charting. Rate of correct responses accelerated from low levels in baseline to over 40 per minute with intervention. Errors decelerated to zero for tu and 8 per minute for fu. Non-timed assessments of articulation at the composite levels of words demonstrated improvement from 30% to 100% for words with tu and 0% to 47% for fu sounds. Intervention is scheduled to begin on ku sound with low baseline rates correct. Additional participants have been identified for replication. The role of cues within precision teaching sessions, setting a realistic aim, generalization to composite level or other untrained words will be discussed.

 

Collaborate To Win! Behavioral and Speech-Language Perspectives on Treatment of Speech Disorders

(Theory)
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), VIDUSHI SHARMA (ABA India)
Abstract:

Articulation for better intelligibility in children with autism is a socially significant outcome for Behavior Analysts to target but has only a limited body of behavioral research. 24 to 33% of persons with ASD are likely to be affected by speech sound disorders (Rapin, Dunn, Allen, Stevens & Fein, 2009; Shriberg, Paul, Black and Santen, 2011). There have been clarion calls for Behavior Analysts to collaborate with Speech and Language pathologists given the unique expertise and insights each can bring to address the problem of profound articulation disorders in children with autism (Sundberg,2011; Hegde, 2010; Esch, B.E., La Londe and Esch, J. W, 2010). This paper will discuss the challenges Behavior Analysts face and offers insights from SLP literature on areas such as assessment of articulation disorders, transcription, data recording and development of task analyses to progress from sounds to words to intelligible phrase speech to sentence speech. A further examination of existing approaches to articulation problems and how they can be shaped for better client outcomes using behavioral principles and evidence based methods such as treating to optimal intensity, prompting, stimulus salience, shaping and chaining.

 
 
Symposium #428
CE Offered: BACB
Momentary and Systems Measurement in Autism Treatment
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christine Gibson (Easter Seals)
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Christine Gibson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Department of Behavior Analysis and Easter Seals North Texas have collaborated for almost ten years to provide high quality behavioral interventions to underserved children with autism and their families. The purpose of this symposium is to present an overview of the measurement practices of this intervention program at several different levels. The first presentation provides an overview of the treatment setting and current practices in data collection and analysis. These practices would be considered established and emerging procedures for measurement in autism treatment. The second presentation includes a methodological examination of moment-to-moment behaviors during therapeutic sessions. The third presentation involves a study of measurements to assess quality and progression during child and caregiver interactions. The final presentation includes a description of the development of a modified PLA-CHECK system for observation of groups of children and adults in the treatment centers. A senior researcher in behavior analysis, experienced in applied and translational research, discusses these data practices within the context of practice and research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): affect, engagement, learn units, PLA-check
 

Finding Pathways: Measurements Guiding Effective and Compassionate Services for the Traditionally Underserved

(Applied Research)
CHRISTINE GIBSON (Easter Seals North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Rachael E. White (Easter Seals North Texas), Aria Dean (Easter Seals North Texas), Naureen Surti (Easter Seals North Texas), Lacey Yates (Easter Seals North Texas), Crystal Finley (Easter Seals North Texas)
Abstract:

For almost ten years, Easter Seals North Texas Autism Treatment Program (ESNT-ATP) in partnership with the University of North Texas, has strived to find pathways to provide quality services to underserved families. In the State of Texas, funding options for ABA services are limited and fragmented. In 2008, ESNT-ATP was one recipient of a state grant to provide comprehensive, evidence-based services to underserved children and families; however, recent shifts in state funding for autism intervention have limited access to Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for families living in poverty. This has lead ESNT-ATP to find new intervention pathways to effective interventions for traditionally underserved families. The determination of effectiveness lies in the efficiency, validity, and reliability of our measurement tools. An overview of each level of ESNT-ATP measurement is provided in this presentation: child progress, teacher performance, group engagement, and program outcomes. The measurement strategies are discussed in the context of providing effective and compassionate services under conditions of increasing resource restrictions.

 
A Sequential Analysis of Therapeutic Interactions During Behavioral Interventions
(Applied Research)
JADE WEIR (University of North Texas), Rachael E. White (Easter Seals North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Shared happiness, responsiveness, and continuous learning are indicators of ideal interactions between children with autism and their teachers. Being able to make responsive in-the-moment decisions allows teachers to capitalize on teaching opportunities and model skills that prepare children for future learning. Continuous expansion of these foundational skills will lead to success across home, school, and community settings. The purpose of the current study is to conduct a second-by-second sequential analysis of early behavioral intervention sessions with for children ages two to five years. Measures included approach, synchronous engagement, and teaching episodes. Videotapes of child-teacher dyads from a focused service line were scored, as well as exemplary video clips from the Autism Navigator Video Glossary were used to develop the measurement tool. Phenomenological interviews were also conducted with experienced Board Certified Behavior Analysts based on their reactions to the video clips. Narratives from the interviews were compared with the sequential analysis to assess social significance of essential components thought to be part of a balanced, happy, and progressive therapeutic session.
 

Observation and Analysis of Quality Indicators During Caregiver Daily Living Activities

(Applied Research)
LINDSEY LINETTE LAMBERT (University of North Texas), Isabel L. Cunningham (University of North Texas), April Linden (University of North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Rachael E. White (Easter Seals North Texas), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Nina Hunt (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

This presentation will provide an overview of measures used to quantify the quality of adult-child interactions within the daily living activities of meal and play times. Specifically, this presentation will describe measures used within two daily living programs that focus on improving the overall social relationships and adaptive skills of children with autism. Yummy Starts is a focused program for children between the ages of two and nine that addresses positive behaviors related to food and the social milieu of mealtimes. Sunny Starts is a parent training program that focuses on enhancing the quality of family relationships for children ages three to five through play activities. In both contexts, learn units, child success in targeted goal areas, and synchronous engagement were measured. This combination of measures allows assessment of both progress and indicators of relationship happiness. Such measures may help behavior analysts better analyze the quality of life and social relationships for children with autism and their families across home and community settings.

 
A Systemic Observation Protocol for Monitoring the Behavioral Health of an Intervention Program
(Applied Research)
APRIL LINDEN (University of North Texas), Aria Dean (Easter Seals North Texas), Isabel L. Cunningham (University of North Texas), Jade Weir (University of North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: High quality intervention programs strive to provide services that are purposeful and responsive to the children that they serve, while creating and capturing ample learning opportunities. To examine the progress of each of these goals, the current study developed a systemic level measurement protocol for monitoring the overall behavioral health, interactions, and quality of an intervention program for children with autism by analyzing affect, material interactions, social interactions, and learn units across time, people, and activities. This observation system was compared to social validity measures as well as the Autism Program Environment Rating Scale (APERS) in hopes of achieving maximum sampling accuracy and to guide social validity efforts. The product of these measures will help to inform program, classroom, and child goals within the behavioral system. By understanding the overall behavioral health of an intervention program, behavior analysts can create a sustainable environment for on-going progress.
 
 
Symposium #429
CE Offered: BACB
Catchen' 'em Early: Does it Really Matter?
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Discussant: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early screening and detection tools have allowed children as young as 12-18 months to receive an ASD diagnosis and thus begin treatment at or before their second birthday. It is well established that Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) programs can produce large gains in language, cognitive and social behavior resulting in remediation of the core deficits in children with autism. The purpose of this symposium is to present research and program models for early identification and treatment of ASD. In the first paper, Graupner and Sallow report progress data from infant siblings who began ABA treatment before 8 months. They discuss early symptomatology and patterns of learning for these infants. In the second paper, Chong and colleagues describe the Parent Observation of Early Markers Scale as a tool for early screening and they propose a model for selecting initial targets and training parents to deliver treatment. In the third paper, Brennan will describe services to infants with a diagnosis of ASD in Albania using case examples and illustrative video clips. Finally, MacDonald and Parry-Cruwys will describe differences in patterns of learning seen in children who begin treatment at 1 and 2 years old.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Symptom Onset and Intervention for Infant Siblings of Children Diagnosed With Autism
TAMLYNN DIANNE GRAUPNER (Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project)
Abstract: Twenty percent of infant siblings of children with Autism are diagnosed by age three (Ozonoff et al., 2011). Symptoms are present before 2 years (Landa et al., 2012; Jones and Klin, 2013), and intervention prior to the appearance of the full syndrome may result in fewer diagnoses (Rogers et al., 2008). Several studies found improvement in at-risk children under 2 years old (MacDonald et al., 2014; Rogers et al., 2010, 2014). Sixty four infant siblings and 11 typically developing infants participated. Initial age ranged from 1 day to 7.5 months (mean 2.5 mos.). Thirteen showed symptoms of autism: fleeting attention and engagement, reactivity, flat affect, staring off, low response to physical play, and fear of novelty. Intervention included ESDM and ABA strategies, provided 15 to 40 hrs/wk with 1:1 staffing. Parents received direct coaching. Weekly data included AOSI, Bayley-III, Mullen, PLS-5, Vineland-II (IOA > 90%). Only symptomatic infants showed loss of skills, beginning at .5 to 5 months (mean 2.6 mos). Progress was somewhat uneven, with periods of rapid learning, plateaus, and resumption of gains. Infants initially showing symptoms no longer do so.
 
Ameliorating Warning Signs of ASD in Infants and Toddlers
IVY M. CHONG CRANE CRANE (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Keira washington (Florida Institute of Technology), emily crochet (Florida Institute of Technology), courtney hannula (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: According to the CDC, the average age of diagnosis of ASD typically occurs at the age of 4. However, emerging research indicates that Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) produces the best outcomes for children starting treatment prior to their second birthday. Additionally, many individuals may not have access to EIBI due to obstacles such as high cost, lack of trained professionals to deliver services, or lack of diagnosis due to young age. Some researchers have sought to minimize these obstacles by training caregivers to provide ABA-based treatments at home. This paper proposes the use of the Parent Observation of Early Markers Scale (POEMS; Ward & Feldman, 2001) to identify at risk infants and subsequent skills for caregivers to practice with their infant at home. By screening and monitoring the behavioral development of infants at risk for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) we aim to ameliorate behavioral deficits and provide toddlers with earlier access to intervention. A model for selecting and teaching skills will also be discussed.
 
A Treatment Model for Providing EIBI in Albania
LYNN C. BRENNAN (Independent Behavioral Consultant), Jamie Hughes-Lika (Summit Autism Services)
Abstract: This presentation will give an overview of an early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) program for a toddler diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in Albania. The treatment team for this child was initially trained to deliver ABA therapy as part of an international, year-long training program funded by the Vodafone Foundation and sponsored by the Albanian Children’s Foundation from 2010-2011. One of the goals of this grant was to prepare staff psychologists and special educators to pursue graduate level education in behavior analysis with the ultimate, long-term goal of becoming board certified in behavior analysis. Two of the psychologists who participated in this training program, went on to complete the courses at the Florida Institute of Technology (FIT) distance learning program in applied behavior analysis required to apply for board certification in behavior analysis and have worked on this case under the supervision of two BCBA’s from the United States. This presentation will include pre- and post-treatment VP-MAPP assessment data, a program summary, graphic skill acquisition data and some illustrative video clips.
 

Outcomes and Patterns of Learning for Toddlers With ASD

DIANA PARRY-CRUWYS (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Early identification and treatment of children with ASD can impact outcomes for toddlers. The Early Skills Assessment Tool (ESAT) measures core symptomology of ASD, including imitation, language, joint attention, play, and stereotypic behavior (MacDonald et al., 2014). Data from their initial study revealed that greatest gains were seen in the children who entered treatment prior to their second birthday. In addition, these children were more likely to be performing at the level of their typical peers in joint attention and play after a year of intervention. The purpose of the current paper is to present the most recent data using the ESAT for children entering EIBI before age 3. Since the 2014 publication we have added data from an additional 31 children totaling; 23 1-year olds and 63 2-year olds again showing differential outcomes with the younger children again characterized by greater improvements on cognitive and joint attention measures than children who began treatment after their second birthday. IOA was collected in 75% of samples and averaged 98% (range, 90- 100%). These findings are discussed as they relate to the importance of early identification and treatment for children with an ASD diagnosis.

 
 
Symposium #430
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) on Behavior and ABA Service Delivery: Helpful or Harmful
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/BPN; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC)
Discussant: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: John W. Eshleman, Ed.D.
Abstract: In addition to Applied Behavior Analysis Therapy, many parents explore complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) as treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder. Often parents’ research consists of comparing notes with other parents or individuals, in person or on the internet. For some, it is hard to understand that a recounting of experience is not the same as evidence from a scientifically designed study. In such promotion, harmful effects are often ignored in favor of hopeful outcomes. Autism Speaks reports that between 30 and 95 percent of children with ASD have been provided with some CAM treatment. As ABA providers, we are often not consulted about CAM treatments. Prednisone is a synthetic corticosteroid drug, with significant adverse side effects, that suppresses the adrenal glands. Some neurologists prescribe prednisone to treat Autism Spectrum Disorders, specifically for language recovery in children with signs of language regression. This application, and the speculation that it could develop into a treatment for ASD, is based on Prednisone’s noted effects on speech recovery when used to treat seizures and its effectiveness as a treatment for neuroinflamation. After consulting with a neurologist, the client’s parents decided to begin a three-month, intensive, prednisone treatment, during the course of ABA Therapy, with a hope of faster language acquisition. Although the client had been receiving ABA Therapy for six months before the start of this treatment, the parents were advised not to consult with or inform their child’s BCBA and/or therapists, so that the ABA providers would remain unbiased in noticing positive or negative effects during and after treatment. Data will be presented on receptive and expressive language and behaviors targeted for reduction, as well as narratives on the physical and other side-effects.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ABA Therapy, CAM, prednisone
 

The Familiar Dilemma of Parent Initiated Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) in Conjunction With ABA Therapy

NICOLE ANN CISSELL (BGF Performance Systems, LLC), Amy DeRusha (BGF Performance Systems), Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC)
Abstract:

In addition to Applied Behavior Analysis Therapy, many parents explore complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) as treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder. Often parents research consists of comparing notes with other parents or individuals, in person or on the internet. For some, it is hard to understand that a recounting of experience is not the same as evidence from a scientifically designed study. In such promotion, harmful effects are often ignored in favor of hopeful outcomes. Autism Speaks reports that between 30 and 95 percent of children with ASD have been provided with some CAM treatment. As ABA providers, we are often not consulted about CAM treatments, although they can have a profound effect on the efficacy and implementation of ABA Therapy.

 

Observations and Data From an ABA Provider Before, During, and After Prednisone Treatment

AMY DERUSHA (BGF Performance Systems), Nicole Ann Cissell (BGF Performance Systems, LLC), Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC)
Abstract:

This single case study explores the effects of an intensive prednisone therapy on the behavior of a child with ASD who is receiving ABA Therapy. Prednisone is a synthetic corticosteroid drug, with significant adverse side effects, that suppresses the adrenal glands. Some neurologists prescribe prednisone to treat Autism Spectrum Disorders, specifically for language recovery in children with signs of language regression. This application, and the speculation that it could develop into a treatment for ASD, is based on prednisones noted effects on speech recovery when used to treat seizures and its effectiveness as a treatment for neuroinflamation. After consulting with a neurologist, the clients parents decided to begin a three-month, intensive, Prednisone treatment, during the course of ABA Therapy, with a hope of faster language acquisition. Although the client had been receiving ABA Therapy for six months before the start of this treatment, the parents were advised not to consult with or inform their childs BCBA and/or therapists, so that the ABA providers would remain unbiased in noticing positive or negative effects during and after treatment. Data will be presented on receptive and expressive language and behaviors targeted for reduction, as well as narratives on the physical and other side-effects.

 
 
Symposium #431
CE Offered: BACB
Variations of Functional Analyses: Examining the Role of Procedures, Implementers and Language on Outcomes
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Quigley (Melmark; The Chicago School of Professional Psycho)
Discussant: Andrew W. Gardner (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Quigley, M.A.
Abstract:

Conducting functional analyses is the gold standard in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Modifications to standard functional analysis conditions have proven to be beneficial and necessary to identify maintaining variables of problem behavior. This symposium will present four papers showcasing variations to functional analyses and include functional analyses implemented by parents, classroom teachers, procedural modifications that include trial-based functional analyses, and comparisons of outcomes when implemented with the native compared to a second language. The first paper compared outcomes of clinician- and parent- implemented functional analyses with learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. The second paper presents outcomes from parent-implemented trial-based functional analyses (TBFA). The third paper presents results from teacher-implemented brief functional analyses compared with teacher-implemented TBFA with students with an emotional behavior disorder. The final paper compares outcomes of functional analyses when implemented in the native compared to a second language with individuals with developmental disabilities. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Developmental disabilites, functional analysis
 

Parent Implementation of Functional Analyses and Treatment Analyses in a Residential Setting

AMANDA FINLAY (Melmark; Temple University), Jennifer Quigley (Melmark;The Chicago School of Professional Psychol)
Abstract:

Research supports that parent involvement is imperative, but literature is mixed about the best way to do this. Previous studies have identified different functions via functional analyses when parents have served as therapists in comparison to clinical or direct care staff. This study included clinician-implemented functional analyses and parent-implemented functional analyses across four participants. The functional analysis results across participants varied. For two of the participants, the same functions were identified across both functional analyses. With one participant, three functions were identified with the parents in comparison to one identified function with the clinician. The fourth participants analysis identified functions with the clinicians that were not evoked with the parent as therapist. Following functional analyses, two of the participants moved on to function-based treatment using both clinicians and parents as therapists. The variability in findings and suggestions on increasing parent involvement will also be discussed.

 
A Comparison of Staff-Run and Parent-Run Trial-Based Functional Analyses
COURTNEY ERKER (University of Cincinnati; Continuum Autism Spectrum Alliance ), Emily White (Continuum Autism Spectrum Alliance), Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The Trial-Based Functional Analysis (TBFA) allows practitioners to observe and analyze behaviors that would not fit the criteria for a traditional functional analysis due to considerations of severe self-injury or injury to others. Traditionally staff running functional analyses have received extensive training in running the assessment prior to implementation. In this case, the researchers asked if the responses in different conditions during the functional analysis differed for the client from staff to parent. The first client, Chris, is a 20 year-old male with Dravet Syndrome living at home with his parents. Indicators for the functional analysis were head banging and gagging with unknown maintaining functions. Both the staff and the parent, who had received parent training before the analysis and verbal prompting during the assessment, ran a TBFA. Initial results indicated the TBFA run by the parents received almost three times more responses than the TBFA run by the staff. The results were replicated in two more cases.
 

Teacher-Implemented Trial-Based Functional Analyses for Students With Emotional/Behavioral Disorders

Timothy Flanagan (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), DOUGLAS KUPFERMAN (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The application of traditional functional analysis (FA) to the problem behavior of those with emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD) has been limited. Trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is an emerging methodology used to assess the function of problem behavior and offers several advantages over traditional FA methods. TBFA can be completed quickly, requires fewer resources than traditional FAs, can be conducted in the environment of interest during typically-scheduled activities, and involves less intense data collection methods. We attempted to address limitations of the existing literature base on TBFA by completing TBFA with students identified with EBD, modifying conditions to explore idiosyncratic variables, comparing the outcomes of TBFA and BFA, including classroom teachers during the TBFA, BFA, and intervention, assessing the efficiency of training teachers to conduct TBFA, and how often TBFA trials were abandoned. Results show that TBFA can be applied to those identified with EBD, conditions can be modified successfully, teachers can be trained to implement procedures across assessments with efficiency, and that few trials were abandoned. TBFA is a promising method for addressing the unique challenges of conducting FA to students identified with EBD.

 

Evaluation of Implementation Language on Functional Analyses Outcomes

KERRY SHEA (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University), Samantha Corralejo (Utah State University), Jason Lee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Some Spanish-speaking students exhibit challenging behavior at home and in school settings. There are few studies that examine the impact of the language used during a functional analysis of challenging behavior. This study used a pairwise design to determine the effects of language on the outcomes of a functional analysis for two participants, both from Spanish-speaking families. Challenging behavior was assessed during 5-min sessions. A pairwise design was used, evaluating a control condition compared with a test condition. During each condition phase, the language used in the condition was alternated for each test/control pairing. For one participant, challenging behavior remained at near zero levels of responding during control conditions across languages, while challenging behavior was at a higher level during all test conditions across languages. For a second participant, challenging behavior was highest during both English and Spanish tangible conditions, and English control and escape from attention conditions. These results suggest that for one participant, the specific language used during a functional analysis may affect the outcomes, indicating that language should be considered when assessing the function of challenging behavior for dual language learners

 
 
Symposium #432
CE Offered: BACB
Translational and Applied Research on Response Relapse
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Nicole M. DeRosa, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Treatment relapse refers to the recurrence of previously extinguished behavior when changes to treatment occur. To date, behavior analytic research has provided an understanding of the basic behavioral processes that may predict treatment relapse; however, additional research is warranted regarding procedures for preventing relapse of targeted behavior. This symposium will present applications of translational and applied studies to the mitigation of treatment relapse. Andrew Craig and colleagues will present data on the evaluation of the influence of reinforcement of alternative behavior in the same and separate discriminative-stimulus situations on mitigating resurgence of targeted behavior in Pigeons. Valdeep Saini and colleagues will describe a human-laboratory preparation and clinical application of resurgence to demonstrate the relevance of including inactive control responses within a resurgence paradigm to differentiate between resurgence of targeted behavior and extinction-induced variability. The presentation by Henry Roane and colleagues will describe a reverse-translational evaluation of context renewal implemented first within a functional communication training intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism across home and clinic settings, and second within a human-operant arrangement. Michael Kelley and colleagues will present data on the demonstration of an ABA renewal paradigm with children diagnosed with autism followed by the implementation of a renewal mitigation procedure to reduce the recurrence of targeted behavior during the return to the A phase. Finally, Timothy Shahan will serve as the discussant to integrate the findings of these presentations into the broad theme of treatment relapse.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Delivering Alternative Reinforcement in a Distinct Context Reduces Its Contra-Therapeutic Effects on Resurgence
(Basic Research)
ANDREW R. CRAIG (Utah State University), Paul Cunningham (Utah State University), Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract: “Resurgence” refers to relapse following suspension of alternative reinforcement in differential-reinforcement-of-alternative-behavior (DRA) treatments. Behavioral momentum theory asserts delivery of alternative reinforcers in a discriminative-stimulus situation previously associated with reinforcement of target behavior increases resurgence. Thus, delivering alternative reinforcers in a separate discriminative-stimulus situation might decrease resurgence. The present three-condition experiment evaluated this prediction in pigeons. Each condition began with reinforcement of target-key pecking in Phase 1. In Phase 2, target-key pecking was extinguished, and pecking a second key produced alternative reinforcement. In the Standard-DRA condition, target- and alternative-response keys were available in the same discriminative-stimulus situation. In the Context and Lockout conditions, alternative reinforcement occurred in a distinct context that was available contingently on abstinence from target-key pecking. Alternative-reinforcer rates were yoked between conditions. In Phase 3, alternative-key pecking was extinguished in the Standard-DRA and Context conditions, and access to the alternative context was removed in the Lockout condition. Resurgence occurred in the Standard-DRA and Lockout conditions but not in the Context condition. Thus, consistent with momentum theory’s predictions, delivery of alternative reinforcement in a separate discriminative-stimulus situation reduced resurgence, but only when this alternative context remained available. Effects of these treatments on other forms of relapse will be discussed.
 
Resurgence and Response Variability During Challenges to Treatment
(Applied Research)
VALDEEP SAINI (Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Syracuse University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Resurgence is observed when a previously extinguished behavior reemerges when a more recently reinforced behavior is extinguished. Nonhuman animal studies further define resurgence as responding that is greater than an inactive control response; one which has never produced reinforcement. However, studies of resurgence using human subjects, examining both arbitrary responses and socially meaningful behaviors such as severe problem behavior, have seldom made use of an inactive control response to distinguish resurgence from extinction-induced variability. First, we evaluated whether target response resurgence exceeded levels of inactive response recurrence in adult subjects using a human-laboratory preparation. For all subjects we found no differences in levels of resurgence and recurrence when target and alternative responses were placed on extinction. Second, we evaluated whether response allocation between problem behavior, functional communication, and other forms of nontargeted behavior varied as a function of extinction via a demonstration of response resurgence. Our results are consistent with other applied studies that have measured nontargeted behavior during resurgence, and highlight the importance of including inactive control responses when studying human behavior.
 

Applied and Translational Evaluations of Context Renewal

(Applied Research)
Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Syracuse University), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Basic and translational research on context renewal provides a model for studying treatment relapse following successful response to treatment in clinic settings. Two studies were conducted to evaluate context renewal under naturalistic conditions. In study one, context renewal using functional communication training was evaluated across home and clinic settings. The reemergence of destructive behavior, consistent with operant context renewal, was observed. A limitation was that during treatment at clinic, the children returned home before treatment was completed and taken into the home. To evaluate this limitation a reverse translational, human operant study was conducted. A concurrent-operant arrangement was used to simultaneously evaluate and compare ABA and ACA renewal, in which Context C consisted of Context B with brief returns to Context A. ABA renewal was observed, whereas under the ACA arrangement the target response persisted throughout the evaluation. The implications of these findings with respect to basic and translational studies of operant renewal and the treatment of severe destructive behavior will be discussed.

 

Examination of Renewal and its Mitigation

(Applied Research)
MICHAEL E. KELLEY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Andrew Morgan (FIT), Brandy Hinkle (FIT), Alex Forton (FIT), Ryan Kimble (FIT), Shannon Harris (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Renewal is a type of treatment relapse in which problem behavior reemerges after successful treatment. Renewal is characterized by the three-phase arrangement in which problem behavior is reinforced in Phase 1, extinguished in Phase 2, and extinction is continued in Phase 3. However, the contexts associated with Phases 1, 2, and 3 are manipulated to assess the extent to which stimulus condition affect responding, despite the continuation of extinction, in Phase 3. In the current study, 3 children diagnosed with Autism were exposed to ABA renewal, in which therapists exposed participants behavior to (1) reinforcement, extinction, and extinction and (2) contexts A, B, and a return to A. Results suggested that behavior reemerged in Phase 3, despite the continuation of the extinction procedure. Next, we assessed a renewal mitigation procedure to reduce the occurrence of problem behavior during reexposure to the A context.

 
 
Symposium #434
CE Offered: BACB
Quantitative Modeling of Choice Behavior and Extensions to Caregivers of Children With Challenging Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B/C
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kenneth Shamlian (University of Rochester School of Medicine )
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Kenneth Shamlian, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Experimental behavioral economics is a combination of behavioral analysis and economic concepts, principles, and measures to model choice behavior at the individual level. Of particular interest is the bias for individuals to favor more immediate, but smaller rewards over larger rewards that would come later (i.e. delay discounting). This work has resulted in a wealth of research showing that discounting tasks and predictive mathematical models can quantify sensitivity to delayed outcomes. The focus for this symposium will be translational in nature and discuss related research findings for: (a) foundations and methods for understanding mathematical modeling of choice behavior, (b) considerations when comparing measures of discounting across studies, (c) simulated parent and teacher discounting of delayed treatment effects for children with problem behavior, and (c) patterns of caregiver discounting of delayed treatment effects in an outpatient setting providing manualized caregiver training and individualized, behavioral-caregiver therapy for children with challenging behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Challenging Behavior, Delay Discounting, Parent Choice, Quantitative Models
 
A Qualitative Comparison of Quantitative Models of Economic Demand
(Basic Research)
LINDSAY LLOVERAS (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Joshua Jackson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Mathematical models are quantitative descriptions of functional relations. They can be evaluated in a number of ways. Quantitative evaluations can include a comparison of percentages of variance accounted for, sums of squared residuals, and AIC or F-test values. In addition, they can be evaluated in terms of the distributions of residuals around fit lines. While this may sound thoroughly complex and complicated, it actually is not. In this talk, we compare fits of the Hursh (1988) linear-elasticity model and the Hursh and Silberberg (2008) exponential-demand model. This talk is designed for people who would like to learn more about mathematical modeling in order to develop a sufficient repertoire to appropriately consume the quantitative analysis literature. Interobserver agreement was collected for 19.6% of data sets; mean agreement for price and mean agreement for consumption were 97.4% and 98.8% respectively.
 
Effects of Standardizing the k Parameter in the Exponential Model of Demand
(Basic Research)
JOSHUA JACKSON (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Lesleigh Ann Craddock (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The exponential demand model is used to quantitatively describe the functional relation between the consumption of a particular commodity and its price. The value of the k parameter of the exponential demand model directly impacts the values of both the free parameters of the model, Q0 and α, as well as the model’s goodness of fit. Thus, comparison of a across commodities requires the use of a common k in the curve fits for both. This poses a challenge for across-study comparisons in which different k values are used. We examined the effects of using study-specific, differing k values versus a single k value in fitting the exponential demand model to 269 previously published sets of demand data. Changing from study-specific to a single k value across studies resulted in a change in the ordinal rank of commodities’ reciprocal a values in 43% of studies. The use of a common k across studies did not have a meaningful effect on the goodness of fit of the model. Taken together, researchers should pay particular attention to any changes in the ordinal rank of commodities when fitting demand data with a common k for comparison.
 
The Impact of Delays to Treatment Success on Perceptions of Interventions for Problem Behavior
(Basic Research)
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Emory University; Marcus Autism Center), Christina Simmons (University of Georgia; Munroe-Meyer Institute; Uni), Nathan Call (Emory University; Marcus Autism Center), Jamieson Ekstrom (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: The concept of delay discounting may have interesting implications for behavioral interventions targeting problem behavior. Specifically, for treatments that include extinction, a caregiver often has a choice of reinforcing the problem behavior now (resulting in immediate cessation) or implementing extinction and working through the problem (potentially resulting in continued problem behavior now, but decreased problem behavior in the future). The purpose of this study was to examine discounting of delayed treatment effects using a translation model. A group of college students (N = 113) read vignettes depicting problem behavior and selected either an immediate but small treatment effect (e.g., 20% of treatment goals met immediately) or delayed but larger treatment effect (e.g., 100% of treatment goals met in 4 weeks). In addition, participants were divided into four groups, each of whom read different vignettes that varied on two dimensions: type of caregiver (teacher or parent) and severity of problem behavior (high or low). Results show that discounting of treatment effects matched well with the discounting model and no significant differences were found across groups, suggesting that discounting occurred despite the type of caregiver or severity of problem behavior included in the vignette.
 
Temporal Discounting of Delayed Treatment Effects in Caregiver-Mediated Therapy
(Service Delivery)
KENNETH SHAMLIAN (University of Rochester School of Medicine), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: Research has established that people have a bias towards selecting an option that provides some desired amount of a commodity more quickly regardless if waiting would produce a more favorable outcome (i.e. discounting the value of a better choice). Caregivers of children with challenging behavior may be more likely to show patterns of responding in a way that alleviates stress or harm more quickly; even when better, long-term outcomes are available. Currently, only one study has examined parents’ perceptions of treatments and the impact of delayed outcomes typically observed during treatment for a child’s problem behavior. The purpose of this study was to: (a) determine the extent to which caregiver’s choice making for delayed treatment outcomes fit established discounting models, (b) assess whether a computer-based delay discounting task provides an efficient method for assessing caregiver bias against delayed treatment outcomes, and (c) determine the extent which caregiver discounting patterns correlate with clinical measures and outcomes. Caregivers were divided by their respective caregiver-mediated therapy modality (manualized parent training vs. individual behavior therapy) and provided a tablet-based adjusting amount task for selecting a sooner, smaller reduction in problem behavior (e.g. 15% reduction immediately) versus a larger, later reduction in problem behavior (e.g. 100% in 4 weeks) across seven different delays in time. Initial results suggest that caregivers' patterns of discounting match established models of temporal discounting and can be conducted within the course of outpatient treatment efficiently (total task time; M= 5 min) . Additionally, measures of treatment adherence, barriers to treatment adherence, and population demographic characteristics are discussed in comparison to discounting patterns.
 
 
Symposium #435
CE Offered: BACB
Group Contingencies in Classroom Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D.
Abstract: Group contingencies provide an efficient mechanism to improve the behavior of entire classes of students. The studies presented in this symposium will provide new data on variations of classwide group contingencies, particularly the Good Behavior Game, from classrooms ranging from preschool through high school. Katie Wiskow will describe a study in which the types of feedback delivered during the Good Behavior Game were manipulated. Elizabeth Foley will describe a study in which they conducted a component analysis of features of the Good Behavior Game and analyzed effects at the individual level. Kayla Crook will describe a study in which the experimenters modified the type of group contingency used during the Good Behavior Game. Ray Joslyn will describe a study extending the Good Behavior Game to high school students with emotional and behavioral disorders. Following the four talks, Jennifer Austin will provide a discussion of the research presented and future directions for research in the area of classwide group contingencies.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): classroom management, disruptive behavior, GBG, group contingencies
 
An Evaluation of Feedback on the Effectiveness of the Good Behavior Game in Preschool Classrooms
KATIE WISKOW (California State University, Stanislaus), Ashley Matter (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a popular group contingency implemented to decrease disruptive behavior in classrooms. However, despite numerous replications of the GBG, there are few direct comparisons evaluating specific components of the GBG. In the present study, we directly compared the type of feedback (no feedback, visual feedback, vocal feedback, visual + vocal feedback) delivered during the GBG on the effectiveness of the GBG to reduce disruptive behavior in two preschool classrooms. Subsequently, we implemented a concurrent chains procedure to assess teacher preferences. Results showed that the GBG vocal feedback and GBG visual + vocal feedback conditions were superior to the GBG no feedback and GBG visual feedback conditions. In addition, we observed that teacher’s preferences varied across sessions. These results suggest that not all modifications of the GBG may be equally effective and that we should identify a collection of effective variations for teachers to choose amongst to fit their needs on a daily basis.
 
A Component Analysis and Evaluation of the Good Behavior Game in a Preschool Classroom
ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Amber Lessor (Summit Behavioral Services), Shannon Altmeyer (University of Kansas), Aneesah Smith (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a multicomponent treatment package that has been demonstrated to decrease disruptive behavior in kindergarten through high school-age students (Barrish et al., 1969; Embry, 2002; Tingstrom et al., 2006). However, there is limited research evaluating the GBG with preschool-age children (Swiezy, Matson, & Box, 1992). Furthermore, few studies have evaluated the effects of various components of the GBG, and of those that have, most have done so only after exposure to the GBG package (Fishbein & Wasik, 1981; Harris & Sherman, 1973; Medland & Stachnik, 1972). Finally, few studies have collected and reported data at the individual level (Medland & Stachnik, 1972). Therefore, the purpose of our study was to (a) evaluate the effects of GBG on disruptive behavior of preschool children during group instruction, (b) evaluate the effects of the major components of the GBG before and after the entire package was implemented, and (c) examine effects at the individual level. Results suggest that the entire package is necessary for decreasing disruptive behavior. However, after exposure to the GBG, we showed that a time-based contingency could be used in place of the interdependent contingency to decrease disruptive behavior.
 
An Evaluation of Group Contingencies in Classroom Wide Behavior Management Programs
KAYLA CROOK (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Christopher Taylor (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Group contingencies are commonly used as methods for managing behaviors in large group settings, particularly classrooms in elementary schools. Examples of group contingency approaches include the Good Behavior Game (GBG) and ClassWide Function-based Intervention Teams (CW-FIT). In both of these approaches, interdependent group contingencies are implemented across the day to improve social, academic, and classroom behavior. The high effort of implementing such strategies may result in some teachers being reluctant to implement such approaches. For example, implementing these types of procedures across an entire day, every day, or monitoring the individual behavior of 25 or more students in a classroom, may add too much to an already busy teacher’s workload. In the current presentation, we present data related to two minor modifications of these group contingency approaches to behavior management. In the first modification, the teacher identified specific times during the day that were problematic. The procedures were then put in place to address this specific time. In the second modification, a dependent group contingency was used in place of an interdependent group contingency to alleviate the burden of monitoring the behavior of numerous students. Results indicated that both modifications resulted in effective changes in behavior.
 

Evaluation of the Good Behavior Game With High School Students in an Alternative School

P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Faris Rashad Kronfli (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an extensively studied classroom management procedure that utilizes interdependent group contingencies to minimize student disruptive behavior. In the GBG, a class is divided into teams and contingencies are placed on students rule-following. Previous research has indicated that the GBG is effective with high school students in mainstream classrooms. The following study extended previous research by implementing the GBG with older high school students who have emotional/behavioral disorders and/or histories of delinquency. Results indicate that the GBG is an effective classroom management strategy with older students in more restricted settings. Implications and directions for future research are discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #437
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

What, if Anything, is Special About Dogs?

Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: AAB; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Clive Wynne, Ph.D.
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
CLIVE WYNNE (Arizona State University)
Dr. Wynne was born and raised on the Isle of Wight, off the south coast of England, studied at University College London, and got his Ph.D. at Edinburgh University before setting off on his travels. After time at the Ruhr-Universitat Bochum, Duke University, Universit?t Konstanz, the University of Western Australia, and the University of Florida, he came to Arizona State University in 2013. Over the years he has studied the behavior of many species?ranging from pigeons to dunnarts (a small mouse-like marsupial)?but some years ago found a way to meld a childhood love of dogs with his professional training and now studies and teaches the behavior of dogs and their wild relatives.
Abstract:

Since the resurgence of interest in dog behavior in 1998, many claims have been made for unique social-cognitive skills in dogs. I will briefly review available evidence that dogs are able to respond to human behavior in ways that are not available to other nonhuman species. I conclude there is no well-established finding regarding dog's social-cognitive behavior that cannot be accounted for with species-general learning mechanisms. Notwithstanding an absence of special social-cognitive skills, even the most informal interaction with dogs suggests that there is something remarkable about their motivation to interact with people. I review several lines of evidence that indicate that during domestication dogs became much more motivated to interact with members of other species and more reinforced by that interaction. This started with Pavlov who noted a "social reflex" in his dogs and continues to the present day in a range of studies. I will consider dogs' play behaviors, proximity seeking to a human, and even studies of what behaviors lead dogs to getting adopted. In conclusion, the notion of the dog as "man's best friend" may be a cliche, but it is a stereotype with some observable behavior behind it.

Target Audience:

Graduate-level behavior analysts and psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Critique claims of behavioral uniqueness in dogs; (2) Outline evidence for human proximity as reinforcer for dogs; (3) Describe recent research relevant to dog domestication.
 
 
Panel #438
CE Offered: BACB
This Ain't Your Granddaddy's Behavior Analysis: Using Derived Relational Responding to Supercharge Autism Treatment
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Alyssa N. Wilson, Ph.D.
Chair: Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (FirstSteps for Kids)
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: During the past decade, there has been an exponential growth in the application of relational frame theory (RFT) to persons with autism.   In contrast to many of the typical ABA approaches to language, the RFT approach seems to focus on teaching relations among stimuli more so than teaching lists of response topographies.   Outcome data from a growing list of studies and literature suggest that meaningful, measurable, and durable growth can occur for a child with autism when exposed to techniques that teach derived relational responding.   This panel features three leaders in our field that have contributed greatly to the RFT application to persons with autism and related disabilities.  They will speak on the promise, hope, and future of autism interventions can have when they move from the traditional Skinnerian approach to that of relational frame theory.  The panel will be chaired by yet another emerging leader in the derived relational responding movement.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism intervention, Derived relations, Relational responding, RFT
 
 
Symposium #439
CE Offered: BACB
Developing and Evaluating Behavioral Models of Gambling Behavior: Implications for the Prevention and Treatment of Disordered Gambling
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, M.S.
Abstract: Pathological gambling poses a large threat to the financial and psychological well-being of an individual. As the behavioral research on disordered gambling continues to grow, researchers are seeking not only treatments, but also preventative interventions. The current symposium investigates a wide variety of topics on the social, environmental, and economic variables that contribute to pathological gambling behavior. Research will be presented by an array of gambling laboratories that are working to fill the current gap in gambling research within behavior analysis. An analysis of the impact of gambling behavior in Tasmania will be discussed along with a corresponding pathway model for gambling. The persistence of gambling behavior in simulated settings will also be analyzed. A behavioral economic analyses is included to address the impact of contextual cues on gambling choices. The presented studies emphasize the need for preventative models of intervention for problem gambling and suggest possible reasons for the persistence of gambling behaviors.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Gambling, Pathway Model, Persistence
 
The Social and Economic Impact of Gambling in Tasmania 2011: Pathways Model Analysis
DARREN R CHRISTENSEN (University of Lethbridge), Alun Jackson (University of Melbourne), Nicki Dowling (Deakin University), George Yosseuf (Monash University)
Abstract: The pathways model of problem and pathological gambling assumes a heterogeneous population comprising of three sub-groups that form a hierarchy of increasingly symptomology; behaviourally conditioned, emotionally vulnerable, and anti-social impulsivist. However, quantitative analyses of the pathways model is surprisingly rare as are mathematical analyses or investigations of the implied hierarchical nature of the model. Tasmanian residents who participated in a computer assisted telephone interview as part of the Social and Economic Impact Study of Gambling in 2011 were analysed based on their fit for the three sub-groups and the assumed hierarchy (see Figure 1). Analysing only electronic gaming machine players (n=828) we found significant associations for the behaviourally conditioned sub-group between negative triggers and gambling intensity with problem gambling severity. Importantly, a significant but small negative relationship was found between the quality of a respondent’s environment and problem gambling severity. Further, when the emotionally vulnerable proxy of any-drug use was added to the model a significant strong negative correlation was found between any-drug use and the environment. A similar negative correlation was found between the proxy for anti-social impulsivist, criminal contact, and the environment. These results suggest problematic gambling is driven primarily by negative triggers and gambling intensity.
 
Analysis of Human Adjunctive Behavior and Persistence During a Simulated Gambling Task
MARK JUSTIN RZESZUTEK (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: A low estimate of the cost of pathological gambling to the American government is $5 billion per year. Outside of the financial costs to the government there are financial and psychological costs to the pathological gambler such as increased likelihood of depression, bankruptcy, and suicide. Therefore, the development of pathological gambling is of concern to both society at large and the pathological gambler. One factor in the development of pathological gambling may be related to complimentary food and drink given out by casinos while patrons gamble. Adjunctive, or schedule-induced behavior, may provide a means to study the interaction of consumption and gambling persistence. Falk (1977) described one of the possible functions of adjunctive behavior as reducing the probability an organism escaping from a sparse schedule of reinforcement by an increase in an alternative consummatory response. Escape prevention may alternatively be viewed as persistence, that being continuing to engage at a task when reinforcement is lean. Lean win schedules on slots machines may then produce adjunctive consumption and so increase gambling persistence. Thus, the purpose of this study was to fill the research gap on adjunctive behavior and persistence in humans while playing a simulated slot machine task.
 
A Behavioral Economic Analysis Towards Cue-Elicited Exposure on Gambling Cravings
TYLER S GLASSFORD (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Purchase tasks are a technology commonly used to assess demand and relative reinforcer efficacy for addictive substances and activities (e.g., ultra-violet indoor tanning, cigarettes, alcohol, etc.). Past research has explored the effects of exposure to cues for other addictions, but there remains a paucity of evidence relating to gambling. The purpose of the present study was to assess the effect of cue-elicited exposure on the demand across multiple gambling dimensions. Recreational and at-risk gamblers were recruited for this study, and were asked to complete the Gambling Purchase Task in two environments, neutral then gambling. In the neutral environment, participants were asked to read a magazine of their choice in an office setting. In the gambling environment, participants were asked to play their favorite game in a replica casino setting, with the opportunity to earn raffle tickets based on their earnings. Results of the study demonstrate that participants had greater inelastic demand and maximum expenditure in the gambling environment for cover charge and credit price. These findings suggest that gamblers are less responsive to change in price and bet riskier when exposed to gambling cues. These findings replicate past regarding the effects of cues on demand for addictive behaviors.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #441
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Disruption and the Impact of Creating a New Future and New Opportunities

Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, Ph.D.
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC)
AMY COSPER (RadicalUpstarts)
Amy Cosper is the former Editor in Chief of Entrepreneur magazine and the CEO of RadicalUpstarts. She has been reporting and commenting on the world of entrepreneurship for 12 years. Cosper is an evangelist for innovation and disruption around the globe. She is keenly aware of the power of entrepreneurship on a cultural and economic level. Her mission is to spread the word and promise of these philosophies on a global scale and to make an impact by teaching these ideas. Cosper is currently working on a book and a documentary that explore the deep economic and cultural impact heralded by the global entrepreneurship movement. She is an award-winning editor and writer and strongly adheres to the idea that "on the other side of your fear, is your success." And she would know, since she rides a Ducati and only does sports that require a helmet.
Abstract:

Disruption is the act of changing cultural practices, and introducing new practices, that involve a greater emphasis on social responsibility and sustainability. I will discuss several facets of disruption as it pertains to entrepreneurship. First, I will provide an overview of disruption itself and why it matters, along with case studies from the entrepreneurial world. Secondly, I will address what many consider to be the primary obstacle to disruption, and to entrepreneurship, which is failure, or more precisely, the fear of failure, and strategies that others have used in the past to remove failure as an obstacle to success. I will also discuss how disruption can take place anywhere, and in any industry, toward the improvement of the human condition. Lastly, I will discuss characteristics that comprise the disruptive leader, along with common challenges such leaders face and the outcomes to which they strive.

Target Audience:

Professionals, academics, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify two characteristics of a disruptive leader; (2) define disruption in terms of the classes of behavior it produces; (3) identify two strategies to make it more likely your behavior, as a disruptive leader, will persist despite fearful reactions.
 
 
Panel #442
CE Offered: BACB
Bridging the Gap: Strategies for Increasing Social Validity, Treatment Fidelity, and Interdisciplinary "Buy-In" in Clinical Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Vivian A. Attanasio, M.S.
Chair: Amanda Duva (Services for the Underserved)
WILLIAM SHEA (Services for the UnderServed)
FRED FRANCOIS (Services for the UnderServed)
JOHN LAMPEN (Services for the UnderServed)
Abstract:

In many clinical setting, the success of ABA-based interventions requires interdisciplinary collaboration between professionals coming from a broad range of backgrounds. Notwithstanding, there sometimes is a clinical chasm between those responsible for the development of interventions and those who are responsible for their implementation. For example it is not unusual for direct support professional (DSPs) to be trained on interventions with very little information about the assessment and development process. In situations like these, DSPs may be difficult. This can impact social validity and treatment fidelity. The panel will discuss strategies they have used successfully to overcome such problems, and bridge the gap between staff responsible for developing and implementing ABA-based interventions. Experiences from interdisciplinary perspectives will be presented, including those of DSPs and Registered Behavior Technicians.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Symposium #443
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Recent Research in Skill Acquisition Programs to Teach Social and Safety Skills to Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: M. Fernanda Welsh (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: M. Fernanda Welsh, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium presents recent research related to teaching social and safety skills to individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. The first paper presents data on teaching children with autism spectrum disorder to identify the sensory perspective of others, as in, what they can see, hear, taste, smell, and feel. The second paper presents data evaluating and identifying the dose of instruction necessary for the Preschool Life Skills program curriculum to be a successful and efficient teaching tool for children with developmental disabilities. The third paper evaluates the use of teaching children with autism spectrum disorder to use a safe word in the acquisition of stranger safety skills.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): perspective taking, safety, social skills
 

Teaching Sensory Perspective to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

M. FERNANDA WELSH (The ABRITE Organization), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), Danielle Strauss (The ABRITE Organization), Lindabeth Gallegos (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder often have difficulty with inferring the private events of others, and in particular, they have been found to have difficulty with perspective taking (Baron-Cohen, Leslie, & Frith, 1985). This study is employing a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to investigate the use of a multiple exemplar-training package for teaching three children with autism to appropriately identify others sensory perspectives, that is detecting what others are experiencing through their five senses (i.e., touch, smell, taste, sight and hear). Data are currently being collected, and percentage correct responding to questions about what others can sense is being measured across sessions. Results thus far demonstrate that participants 1 and 2 responded at chance levels in baseline and participant 1 and 2 demonstrated an immediate increase in level and trend during training. Generalization to untrained stimuli and people is being programmed for and measured by saving exemplars and people used in baseline for retesting in posttraining and using multiple exemplar training during training. Participant 1 demonstrated generalization to untrained stimuli and people in posttraining.

 

Preschool Life Skills: A Systematic Replication With Children With Developmental Disabilities

MELINDA ROBISON (Child Study Center), Tracie B. Mann (Child Study Center), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The Preschool Life Skills (PLS) program was originally created to teach functional communication and social skills to typically developing children in an attempt to prevent the development of problem behavior. Children diagnosed with ASD and other developmental disabilities are also at risk for developing problem behaviors in daycare and school settings due to insufficient instruction and contingency management. Therefore, this population might benefit from PLS instruction. The current study aimed to evaluate and identify the dose of instruction necessary for PLS curriculum to be a successful and efficient teaching tool for children with developmental disabilities. We taught twelve preschool life skills to 9 participants across 4 instruction units. The units were instruction following, functional communication, tolerance of denial and delay, and friendship skills. Instruction was provided by means of a three-tiered instructional approach, which incorporated large group and class-wide instruction, followed by small group and individual instruction as necessary. Results indicated that intervention led to skill acquisition with all nine participants. The skills were also found to maintain four weeks after instruction ended.

 

It's Not Always a Stranger That's the Danger: A Safe-Word Intervention for Abduction Prevention in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

CHELSEE RODRIGUEZ (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

This study addresses the statistic that most children are abducted by known individuals, not strangers, and examines the effects of a training package that employs the use of a safe-word. A safe-word is a tactic used to decrease the likelihood that a child will leave with a person not appointed by their parents. The study is being conducted in a lab room and various community settings (i.e., shopping mall, grocery store, parks, etc.) with five participants, ages 4-9 years old, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A concurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to measure participants responses to lures by way of a 5-point scoring system across conditions. Each participant was quasi-randomly exposed to a variety of different lures, each falling under one of the three different lure types: authoritative, assistance, and incentive. Intervention utilized a behavioral skills training to teach participants how to use the safe-word and to respond appropriately to a variety of known and unknown individuals who know and dont know the safe-word. Post-intervention probes suggest that this intervention was successful in teaching participants to respond differentially requests of adults who can provide the participant with the safe-word (trusted adults) compared to those who cannot provide the safe-word (familiar/unfamiliar adults). Follow-up probes will also be conducted to examine the maintenance of such an intervention.

 
 
Symposium #444
CE Offered: BACB
The Role of Peer Influence in Classroom Interventions
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, M.A.
Abstract:

Measurement of behavior is crucial to learning environments and serves as a reality check, it is viewed as the difference between opinion and actual change (Vargas, 2009). Due to the current legislation and reauthorization of the Individual with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) there is a focus for teachers to improve the quality of programs by increasing the accountability for results (Christle, & Yell, 2010). Evidence-based practices that have been shown to be effective in classroom environments and aid teachers in collecting data include the use of self-management procedures and peers in the classroom. When students self-manage, teachers are free to attend to other classroom needs and instruction (Webber, Scheuermann, McCall, & Colemen, 1993). Peers may be able to observe and deliver consequences for another students behavior more often than the teacher (Strain, Cooke, & Apollone, 1976). This symposium will highlight two separate investigations that included the use of self-management and peers as components of the intervention. Effects of self-management procedures in the classroom and the feasibility of using peers in class wide and individual contingencies will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): group contingency, peer feedback, Self&Match, self-management
 

The Effects of a Peer Feedback Treatment Package on Math Performance for Students With Moderate Cognitive Impairments

ALLAINA SHELTROWN (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Despite the increased demand for data collection in the special education settings, an agreed upon method for collecting data has yet to be identified. Two procedures that have demonstrated robust outcomes for collecting academic data for individual students are self-monitoring and peer management. Self-monitoring involves the student collecting measures on his or her own behavior(s) (Ferretti, Murphy, & Murphy, 1993). Peer management includes a student presenting prompts and providing feedback to another paired student (Dart, Collins, Klingbeil & Mckinley, 2014). The current investigation combined self-monitoring and peer management into a treatment package which was delivered in a staggered fashion to three dyads of students with moderate cognitive impairments during their independent math work time. Math performance on worksheets, fidelity of feedback, and positive math comments were measured for each participant. Overall results from the intervention suggest that only introducing a peer feedback treatment package will not produce significant increases in student performance on math worksheets. This presentation will discuss the use of add-on interventions and the need for consistency in instructional delivery as well as evidence-based curricula.

 

Self-Management as a Class-Wide Intervention: An Evaluation of the Self &Match System Embedded Within Group Contingencies

ANDREW BULLA (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The U.S. Department of Education (2015) indicates that about 95% of students with special education eligibility are receiving some form of education in the general education setting. Past research indicates that students with disabilities tend to engage in more disruptive behaviors than their non-disabled peers (e.g., Murphy, Beadle-Brown, Wing, Gould, Shah, & Homes, 2005). If teachers are spending more time managing disruptive behaviors, time allocated to instruction is lost. Self-management is one evidence-based intervention that has demonstrated consistent effects for increasing on-task behavior and decreasing disruptive behaviors. Although feasible at the individual level, previous research has identified that class wide self-management interventions may be efficacious but not feasible to implement (Chafouleas, Hagermoser Sanetti, Jaffery, & Fallon, 2011). The purpose of the current study was to synthesize the research findings on self-management and group contingencies to make interventions at the class-wide level both feasible and efficacious. More specifically, the current study sought to compare the Self & Match system (Salter & Croce, 2015), a self-management intervention with a teacher match component, embedded within an independent and dependent group contingency, and observe the effects of the interventions on disruptive and on-task behaviors.

 
 
Panel #446
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Analyzing and Improving Complex Employee Behaviors in Human Service Organizations
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Nicole Gravina, Ph.D.
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com)
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University)
NICOLE GRAVINA (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Employees in human service organizations engage in complex behaviors like problem solving, decision making, and leadership skills, on a regular basis (e.g., dealing with difficult employees, managing time and work tasks, and choosing appropriate measurement systems). Despite increased requirements for supervision for BCaBAs and RBTs, the effects are only as good as the supervisors and the systems in which they work. It is the responsibility of supervisors to train, monitor, and manage those behaviors. Although complex behaviors are common and important in human service organizations, they have received little attention in the applied behavior analytic literature. In this panel, strategies for defining, assessing, and intervening on complex employee behaviors in human service organizations will be discussed. Specific examples from research and practice will be provided to illustrate these strategies and systems and processing for supporting them will be discussed. Practical applications and areas for further development and research will also be highlighted.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Complex behavior, Human services, Staff performance
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #448
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Toward a Behavioral Analysis of B. F. Skinner's Philosophical Discourse

Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D.
Chair: William M. Baum (University of California, Davis)
MICHAEL T. GHISELIN (California Academy of Sciences)
Michael Ghiselin was born in Salt Lake City on May 13, 1939. His doctoral dissertation at Stanford University dealt with the evolution of sea-slugs based on a functional analysis of the reproductive system. That research got him interested in various aspects of the philosophy of biology, especially the theory of classification. His first book, The Triumph of the Darwinian Method, was based on a conceptual analysis of Darwin's publications. Published in 1969, it was awarded the Pfizer Prize of the History of Science Society. He is author of The Economy of Nature and the Evolution of Sex (1974) and Metaphysics and the Origin of Species (1997). Recent research projects include studies on the evolution of chemical defense and of the senses of taste and smell in marine animals.
Abstract:

Scientific research can be studied as investigative behavior. That involves inventing problems as well as solving them. It also involves finding better ways to do one's work. That activity has sometimes been called philosophy. Skinner himself said that behaviorism is a philosophy. I would add that the philosophy was part of a scientific research program. Skinner complained that his critics failed to understand his position, which was based on a hard analogy (not a metaphor) between the processes of learning and evolution by natural selection. Right thinking in the one provides clues to right thinking in the other. The advantage of getting rid of teleology in both is fairly straight-forward. Skinner paid less attention to the importance of getting rid of typological (essentialist) thinking about species and other groups of organisms. These have been treated as if they were abstract classes with essences rather than as concrete wholes. Variation has been screened out and persons have been treated as tokens of stereotypes. One result has been a misguided search for universals of human behavior.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the historical and conceptual foundations of B. F. Skinner's behaviorism, the relations between the behavioral and biological sciences, and analyses of the behavior of scientists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the conceptual foundations of B. F. Skinner's behaviorism; (2) describe relations between behavior analysis and evolutionary biology; (3) describe the basis of the behavior of behavior-analytic scientists.
 
 
Symposium #449
CE Offered: BACB
Using Behavior Analytic Interventions to Increase Physical Activity and Decrease Maladaptive Behaviors in Children and Adults
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gabrielle Trapenberg Torres (Behavior Basics LLC)
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

According to the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), more than one third of US adults have obesity and obesity and related comorbid conditions such as diabetes, hypertension, heart disease cost the United States at least $147 billion dollars a year. Childhood/adolescent obesity rates have nearly tripled since 1980 and despite the CDCs recommendations less than one-third of the nations youth partakes in the recommended 60 min of daily exercise. The studies in this symposium examined the effects of choice in physical activity on the duration of physical exercise in children, the effects of a token system on daily physical activity, as measured by pedometers, with adults with co-occurring diagnosis of developmental disabilities and psychiatric and behavioral issues and the effects of observational learning as a low effort method to increase the physical activity of children with ASD. The results of the study show how the principles of behavior analysis can be used to increase physical activity, as well as reduce aberrant behaviors such as physical aggression, property destruction, and stereotypy.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): choice, observational learning, physical activity, reinforcement
 

The Effects of Choice on Exercise Duration in Young Children

HEATHER WALDRON (California Autism Center and Learning Group), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Amanda C. Nicolson (California Autism Center & Learning Group)
Abstract:

Childhood/adolescent obesity rates have nearly tripled since 1980 (Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2011) and it is important to find practical interventions to increase physical activity in children when addressing this problem. In this study, we examined the effects of a choice in physical activity on the duration of physical exercise in four school-aged children. Baseline conditions assessed the duration of time spent in each type of physical activity in the absence of any programmed contingencies. An alternating treatments design was used to compare the effects of choice, and a reinforcement contingency, on the duration of physical exercise. The reinforcement contingency was arranged so participants could earn one minute of access to preferred leisure activities for each minute they engaged in physical activity. On average, the inclusion of the choice component resulted in a greater increase in the duration of physical exercise than the contingency alone, for most participants. Furthermore, durations of physical activity were longer during all sessions with a reinforcement contingency than in baseline sessions.

 

Observational Learning and Physical Activity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

BHAWANDEEP KAUR BAINS (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Less than one-third of the nations youth partakes in vigorous physical activity, despite the Centers for Disease Control and Preventions (CDC) recommendation of at least 60 min of daily exercise for children (CDC, 2015). In addition to improved fitness levels, physical activity offers many other benefits to children, including but not limited to better overall cardio metabolic health, and decreased risks of mortality. These trends of sedentariness and little to no physical activity are more prominent in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) than in typically developing children. In addition, low levels of physical activity are correlated with higher levels of obesity. While only 13% of typically developing children fit the criteria for obesity, over 31% of children with autism are considered to be obese. A number of recent studies have demonstrated the importance of observational learning for children with ASD. This study utilized observational learning as a low effort method to increase the physical activity of children with ASD, in an outdoor structured playground. Six children, between 4 and 8 years old, with a diagnosis of ASD participated in this study, three were designated as peers (received direct reinforcement) and three were designated as participants (observed the delivery of reinforcement fro physical activity). All three participants demonstrated higher levels of physical activity in the presence of peer reinforcement and two out of three peers also demonstrated higher levels of activity with direct reinforcement. These data suggest that observational learning may be a viable intervention to increase physical activity in children with ASD.

 

Impacting Exercise Behavior in Adults With High Risk Aggressive Behavior: Using Existing Incentive Based Programming to Target Low Preference Health Targets

JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services), Brandon May (Washington University in St. Louis)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that increasing exercise behaviors may be achieved through the use of self-monitoring, goal setting, and feedback. However, for many individuals these interventions may be insufficient or adherence may be challenging. No published studies have examined the use of the aforementioned procedures in combination with a token system in the developmentally disabled population for clients with severe aggressive behavior. The following paper will evaluate the effects of a token system on daily physical activity, as measured by pedometers, with adults with co-occurring diagnosis of developmental disabilities and psychiatric issues as well as significant behavioral challenges. All of the clients were residing in a community based residential setting. Prior behavioral successes of the clients on the token system will be reviewed as the foundation for the inclusion of exercise behavior in the token contingency. Concomitant effects on the frequency and duration of aggressive behavior will also be monitored throughout the course of the study. The success of the program will add to the body of research evaluating exercise as an antecedent intervention to reduce aberrant behaviors such as physical aggression, property destruction, and stereotypy.

 
 
Panel #451
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Supervision and Training of BCBA Candidates in Home and Community Field Study Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell, Ph.D.
Chair: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center)
JANA M. SARNO (Autism Home Support Services)
KATRINA OSTMEYER (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.)
SUMMER LEFEBVRE (University of Alaska, Anchorage Center for Child Health and Development)
Abstract:

Effective supervision practices have been a concern for the behavior analytic community leading to new, more rigorous guidance regarding supervision regulations outlined by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB: BACB newsletter, Sept. 2011, p.1). Despite this discussion, there is limited research or guidance on best practice in supervision of behavior analysts. Lack of research and appropriate technologies for consistent, high quality supervision is a potential liability for the field as a whole since having advanced training asclinical personnel is no guarantee one is able to effectively transfer both knowledge and skill to those they are supervising (Martin & Cannon, 2010). This issue can be compounded in rural areas where individuals may engage in one of the many distance-based education programs in fulfillment of the educational requirements of certification, but lack high-quality training and supervision opportunities. This panel will explore the unique challenges of providing an evidence-based training experience from a distance, lessons learned, and future directions for the field from the viewpoints of the researcher, supervisor, and supervisee. An emphasis will be placed on the use of a structured supervision curriculum and measurement procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Distance-based, supervision
 
 
Symposium #452
CE Offered: BACB
Novel Applications of Equivalence-Based Procedures
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Christina M. King, Ph.D.
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction is frequently being utilized across a wide range of subject areas and populations. Additionally, as the research-base in this area has increased, the sophistication and complexity of such procedures has advanced. The studies in this symposium include a range from basic research to practice and introduce novel procedural arrangements and analyses. In Study One, the efficacy of errorless learning versus trial-and-error protocols was evaluated in three individuals diagnosed with autism. Results demonstrated the superiority of errorless protocols as measured by trials to criterion and stimulus class formation. Study Two extends equivalence-based procedures to staff training via a Learning Management System. Preliminary data demonstrated the absence of emergent stimulus-stimulus relations indicative of class formation. It is predicted that 3, four-member equivalence classes will emerge following training. In the final study, the effects of stimulus complexity on the differential outcomes effect was analyzed. In Experiment One, no difference was observed between non-differential and differential outcomes as measured by the formation of equivalence classes. In Experiment Two the differential outcomes effect was varied depending on the complexity of sample stimuli presented during conditional discrimination training. All three studies illustrate novel protocols involving equivalence-based instruction.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): differential outcomes, equivalence, errorless learning, online learning
 

The Effects of Reinforcement on the Formation of Equivalence Classes Following Errorless and Trial-and-Error Teaching

(Applied Research)
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College), Christina M. King (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College)
Abstract:

While research has demonstrated the efficacy of errorless learning, there is often an overreliance on trial-and-error procedures which often result in an increased number of errors and reduction in reinforcement density. Two experiments evaluated the formation of equivalence classes following instruction of conditional discriminations via errorless instruction (delayed prompt) versus trial-and error training (differential reinforcement of correct responses). In both experiments, and across three participants with Autism Spectrum Disorders, the errorless protocol required fewer trials-to-criterion, produced fewer errors, and resulted in more stimulus classes being formed (e.g., Table 1 from Experiment One and Figure 1 from Experiment Two). Experiment Three was conducted to evaluate the formation of equivalence classes following training of the prerequisite relations trial-and-error and an errorless protocol while holding the density of reinforcement constant (e.g., the delivery of reinforcement consistent from one training to the other). The results showed the errorless protocol superior in terms of trials-to-criterion, errors committed and stimulus classes formed. The results are discussed in terms of the role of errors in instruction.

 

Formation of Equivalence Classes Trained via a Learning Management System (LMS) for Direct Staff

(Applied Research)
CHRISTINA M. KING (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College)
Abstract:

With the ongoing demand for ABA services across the country, the need for well-trained direct staff continues to increase. Employers are tasked with providing comprehensive trainings to a large number of staff with variable skill sets. Equivalence-based instruction is well-established as an efficient technology that results in the emergence of new stimulus-stimulus relations, many without direct training. The current study makes use of equivalence-based instruction to teach direct staff to form four, three-member stimulus classes specific to the basic schedules of reinforcement. The initial conditional discrimination training necessary for the subsequent stimulus class formation was conducted via a Learning Management System. The Learning Management System was an online platform which staff could navigate through independently, receiving programmed feedback. Pilot data for two typically developing adults indicated that the reflexive relations were present at baseline, while the potential symmetrical and transitive relations were not present. It is anticipated that the training of two stimulus-stimulus relations will result in the subsequent emergence of four stimulus-stimulus relations per class. Procedures will be extended to ten direct staff members and stimuli will be presented on an online learning platform. The majority of testing and training phases will be conducted through personalized system of instruction modules in order to minimize trainer time. Statistical analyses will be conducted to determine if a statistically significant increase in accuracy from pre-test to post-test will be demonstrated.

 
The Differential Outcomes Effect as a Function of Stimulus Complexity
(Basic Research)
COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Christina M. King (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College)
Abstract: The differential outcomes effect (DOE) is well-documented within the basic research literature, particularly with non-human models. The DOE is demonstrated when rate of skill acquisition is increased due to the delivery of specific consequences for each discriminative stimulus. Fewer applied studies, however, have been conducted and across those studies, the DOE has been demonstrated inconsistently. Several variables may be suggested to influence the DOE including participant age, skill level, and stimulus complexity. In Experiment One, differential outcomes versus non-differential outcomes were evaluated for two neurotypical adults through tact training. No differences were found between acquisition of tacts in either the differential outcomes condition or the non-differential outcomes condition. In Experiment Two, demonstration of the DOE will be evaluated in relation to different levels of sample stimulus complexity. Sample stimulus complexity will be manipulated by increasing the number of elements contained within complex sample stimuli. Presentation of non-differential outcomes conditions and differential outcomes conditions will be systematically balanced across all complexity levels. It is predicted that the DOE will facilitate more rapid skill acquisition, relative to the non-differential outcomes condition, for more complex conditional discrimination tasks. Future directions including extending this procedure to change socially significant behaviors in typically developing adults.
 
 
Symposium #453
CE Offered: BACB
The Verbal Behavior Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (SCoRE): A Quantification of Language
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Don Davis (University of Texas at San Antonio)
CE Instructor: Lee L. Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract: Language is a much sought after, yet elusive subject matter for scientific investigation. Entire fields of study have evolved to address the complexities of language, with most employing a structural analysis as the framework for examination. Skinner (1957) proposed that language fell within the scope of a science of behavior, and was therefore open to functional analysis and interpretation. Over the past 60 years, much has been done to further the scientific explanation, prediction, and control of verbal behavior as a function of environmental variables. However, there remains a need to more accurately describe the subject matter of investigation. The Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (SCoRE) is a metric to summarize a behavioral repertoire by comparing the relative frequency of its component parts. The verbal behavior SCoRE compares observed proportions of responding against the null hypothesis to yield a statistic to describe the present level of functional performance. Such information may be useful for measuring change over time and comparing treatment effects within individuals and across groups. This symposium provides a conceptualization of the interdependence of the verbal operants identified by Skinner (1957), a model for analyzing the entirety of the verbal repertoire, and implications for research and practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, control ratio, multiple control, verbal behavior
 
A Review of Participant Descriptions in the Verbal Behavior Literature
(Applied Research)
GABRIELA RIVERA (University of Texas at San Antonio), Victoria Rodriguez Garcia (Utah State University)
Abstract: The purpose of Skinner's (1957) text was "...to be a better was of talking about verbal behavior" (p. 456). Verbal behavior research over the past five years was reviewed to examine the methods authors use to describe the verbal deficits of their participants. Across behavior-analytic journals, research in which at least one of the verbal operants was used as the dependent variable to measures the effect(s) of an independent variable were included in this review. Measures of the participants' verbal behavior deficits were coded according to procedures employed by each author. Results indicate no systematic assessment of verbal behavior deficits, with the majority of authors relying on simple descriptions.
 
The Verbal Behavior Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (SCoRE): A Quantification of Language
(Applied Research)
LEE L. MASON (Univ of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: The Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (SCoRE) is a metric to summarize a behavioral repertoire by comparing the relative frequency of its component parts. The SCoRE compares observed proportions of responding against the null hypothesis to yield a statistic to describe the present level of functional performance. Such information may be useful for measuring change over time and comparing treatment effects within individuals and across groups. The SCoRE is a pragmatic methodology for summarizing composite verbal repertoire by comparing the relative frequency of its component parts. Summarizing the relative response rates of individual verbal operants through the SCoRE provides a statistic for comparison within and across individuals. In addition to idiographic progress monitoring, the SCoRE has applications for use in clinical trials or other group comparisons for demonstrating treatment efficacy as a pre- and post-measure of verbal behavior change.
 
Referent-Based Verbal Behavior Instruction: Errorless Language Learning
(Service Delivery)
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Verbal behavior references its controlling relations over temporally-extended patterns of responding. To the extent that listeners share this history of conditioning, they are positioned to mediate the speaker’s verbal behavior. The verbal behavior that references its source of stimulation is always an iterative function of both prior conditioning and current context. Using referents as a hub for developing verbal behavior provides an efficient and effective method of developing an individualized treatment plan that is functional for children with autism and other language disorders. Here we describe how a verbal behavior SCoRE can be employed as the basis for making data-based instructional decisions, as well as a method of most-to-least prompting based on multiple, convergent control.
 
 
Symposium #453A
CE Offered: BACB
Our Own Verbal Behavior: Fifty Years as Participant-Observer. EAHB SIG Award: Dr. Philip N. Hineline
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
Discussant: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Philip N. Hineline, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Philip N. Hineline. Dr. Hineline's research interests have long focused on the Experimental Analysis of Behavior with extensions into Applied Behavior Analysis. Two former colleagues will review and reflect upon Dr. Hineline's career and his many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior. Subsequently, Dr. Hineline will deliver comments reflecting upon his career, as well as his fifty years as participant-observer. Please join us to appreciate and celebrate the contributions of Dr. Philip Hineline.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): EAHB, Human Operant, Verbal Behavior
 
Learning Labels for Relationships I Already Understood: Celebrating the Achievements of Dr. Philip N. Hineline
(Basic Research)
J. ADAM BENNETT (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Looking back at his introduction to the field of Behavior Analysis, Dr. Philip Hineline once commented that he felt he was "learning labels for relationships [he] already understood." These words speak volumes about Dr. Hineline’s deep and effortless understanding of the complex concepts and principles of our field. His mastery of the field is not limited to one or two areas, he has made diverse conceptual and empirical contributions on topics such as choice, negative reinforcement, explanatory language, and applied interventions. The experimental analysis of human behavior owes a great debt to Dr. Hineline for his continued contributions and the advancement of our science of behavior. His work has laid the groundwork for countless research ideas, theses, dissertations, research programs, and clinical advancements; and generations of young behavior analysts are fortunate to have the opportunity to stand on the shoulders of such a giant. This symposium will provide an opportunity to reflect on Dr. Hineline’s continued contributions to the field, with an eye toward the future of Behavior Analysis. Please join us as we present the EAHB SIG Distinguished Contributions Award to Dr. Philip Hineline.
 
EAHB SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: Dr. Philip N. Hineline
(Basic Research)
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Under the mentorship of Dr. Richard Herrnstein, Dr. Hineline obtained his Ph.D. at Harvard University in 1967 and currently serves as Professor Emeritus at Temple University. Dr. Hineline realized early in his career that dissemination hinges upon a scientific community’s ability to define and explain our science and our philosophy clearly, broadly, and flexibly. Through his operant research and his work on a self-interpretive behavior analysis, he has heightened our awareness as members of a unique scientific tradition and has called upon us to become both experts and ambassadors. His outstanding contribution to the experimental analysis of human behavior lies in his continued inspiration to clarify and translate our perspective of knowing, apply its methods to all aspects of being human, and connect with other fields while staying true to principles. Please join the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG as we celebrate the continued contributions of Dr. Philip Hineline.
 
 
Symposium #465
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Advancements in Teaching Appropriate Play Skills to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Lorraine A Becerra, M.A.
Abstract:

The three presentations within this symposium describe the recent advancements in teaching appropriate play skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Each paper describes systematic approaches to improve the effectiveness in teaching in the areas of independent and social play. The first presentation is a quantitative analysis of interventions used to teach play skills to children with ASD. The second presentation will describe the use of technology based activity schedules to teach independent play skills to preschool students. The final presentation describes the use of video modeling training to increase pretend play behaviors for two pairs of participants with ASD. Implications and future directions for teaching various play behaviors will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Play
 

Teaching Play Skills to Children With Autism: A Review of the Literature

HEATHER PANE (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The development of play skills is thought to be an important part of human development. Children spend the majority of their time engaged in play activities (Boutot, Guenther, & Crozier, 2005). Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often present with substantial delays in the development of play behaviors. To our knowledge, the literature on teaching play skills to children with ASD has not been fully reviewed. The purpose of the current review was to conduct a quantitative analysis of studies that evaluated interventions to teach play skills to children with ASD. Fifty-seven articles met the inclusion criteria. These studies were evaluated across 16 parameters (e.g., participants, dependent variable, preference assessment, independent variable, generalization, social validity, type of play). The majority of the studies reviewed were effective in increasing the target play skill. Further evaluation of the social validity of the outcome is warranted. Determining a means of measuring the participants newly acquired play skill relative to a child of typical development would be valuable information in understanding how socially valid the results are. Another interesting finding is that only eight studies conducted some type of preference assessment to identify the toys used during the intervention. Consideration of a childs preference for a toy might aide in the development of the play skill. In addition, more consideration should be made in programming for and assessing generalization across toys, people, and environments. Identifying effective interventions is an important step in promoting play skills within the contexts of natural play environments.

 

An Evaluation of an iPad Based Photographic Activity Schedule to Increase Independent Play Skills for Young Children With Autism

KASSIDY REINERT (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

A visual activity schedule is a set of pictures or words that can be used to teach an individual with disabilities to complete a set of tasks. These schedules can help individuals with disabilities to become more independent and complete tasks appropriately. Children with autism often engage in behaviors that are repetitive or not appropriate when playing. Visual activity schedules have been used to teach a variety of skill and teach appropriate play. Typically, activity schedules are paper based; this study examines the use of an activity schedule taught on an iPad. This study included three young boys with a diagnosis of autism who were attending a university-based early intervention preschool. This study found that technology-based activity schedules are an effective way to teach play and the technology-based activity schedule was preferred for two of the three participants.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Pretend Play Using Video Modeling

ASHLEY SIMMONS (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Sandra Shirk (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Talmadge (Marcus Autism Center), Tom Cariveau (Marcus Autism Center), Whitney Trapp (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Video modeling has been used to teach a variety of play behaviors for children with ASD including solitary play (MacDonald, Clark, Garrigan, and Vangala, 2005; Paterson & Arco, 2007), and pretend play with typically developing peers and siblings (Reagon, Higbee, & Endicott, 2006; Macdonald et al., 2009). However, there is limited research on the utility of video modeling training when all participants have ASD. A multiple probe design across behaviors (pretend play scenarios) was used to evaluate the effects of video modeling for two pairs of participants. During all sessions, rate of vocalizations, play actions and completion of the targeted scenario was scored for all participants. In baseline, the participants did not engage in the targeted play scenarios and displayed low rates of contextually appropriate vocalizations and play actions. Following exposure to the video models, all participants displayed elevated vocalizations and play actions and completed the targeted play scenarios. Maintenance probes showed that play persisted once the videos were no longer viewed. These results extend the video modeling research by demonstrating that the intervention can successfully be provided to two children with ASD simultaneously.

 
 
Symposium #466
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Methods to Address Errors and Response Bias During Skill Acquisition for Learners With Autism
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with autism may exhibit persistent errors and biased responding during academic tasks, which may slow the skill acquisition progress. The proposed symposium will present data from three research studies on the evaluation of procedures improve skills acquisition in learners with autism. In the first study, Audrey Toricelli will present a study that used functional communication to decrease biased responding in learners with autism during receptive identification tasks. In the second study, Stacy Lauderdale-Litton will present a study evaluating three error correction procedures in the acquisition of response chains in learners with autism. In the third study, Douglas Stracquadanio will present an evaluation of different error correction procedures during sight word reading and generalization of effects to naturalistic instructional contexts for individuals with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Chaining, Error Correction, Functional Communication, Response Bias
 

Using Functional Communication Training to Decrease Biased Responding During Receptive Identification Tasks in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

AUDREY TORRICELLI (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley Gatley (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Stacy Lauderdale-Littin (Monmouth University)
Abstract:

Biased responding is a common problem observed during academic instruction for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). These learners may develop response patterns controlled by a different stimulus or an aspect of a stimulus rather than respond based upon programmed stimuli and contingencies. For example, when selecting from an array, the individual may always select the stimulus on the left. This faulty stimulus control often leads to stagnated progress during skill acquisition programming. Biased responding may be likely to occur during novel tasks because individuals with autism lack the means to effectively request help or additional information. The purpose of the present study is to a) demonstrate that biased responding can be a function of novel (unknown) stimuli and b) use functional communication training (FCT) to teach two learners diagnosed with ASD, who have demonstrated response biases, an expressive I dont know response when presented with novel instructional stimuli. Results indicate that responses biases emerge during presentation of novel instructional materials. In addition, FCT can be an effective tool to teach individuals with ASD a socially appropriate response to unknown instructional stimuli. Implications for generalizing FCT to natural settings will be discussed.

 

Evaluation of Error-Correction Procedures During Chained Tasks for Learners With Autism

STACY LAUDERDALE-LITTIN (Monmouth University), Melanie Erwinski (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jennifer Stracquadanio (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Rachel Davis (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Douglas Stracquadanio (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract:

Many socially significant behaviors are taught to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) by breaking a complex chain of responses into smaller, manageable steps. When teaching chained responses, various instructional strategies are used to promote independence. Past research suggests that the effectiveness of procedures may be idiosyncratic across learners (McGhan & Lerman, 2013). Therefore, individualized assessment is essential to determine the least intrusive, most effective strategy. Joe, a 14-year-old classified with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and Zander, a 17-year-old with ASD, participated in an error-correction assessment. The assessment compared acquisition of chaining tasks across three error-correction conditions: error feedback (i.e., instructor stated, No thats no right when error occurred and reset materials), overcorrection (i.e., error in chain was interrupted, materials were reset, and student was prompted through the entire chain 3 consecutive times) and reset (error in chain was interrupted, materials were reset, and student was prompted through the chain 1 time) using an alternating treatments design. When examining trials to acquisition, results indicated that error feedback resulted in the first chaining task being acquired more quickly for both learners. Implications for future generalization of these results in each students classroom programming will be discussed.

 

Evaluation of Error-Correction Procedures During Sight Word Reading for Learners With Autism

DOUGLAS STRACQUADANIO (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Stacy Lauderdale-Littin (Monmouth University), Audrey Torricelli (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Kyung Mo Nam (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Various error-correction procedures are used when teaching learners with autism. Procedures may involve providing feedback to the learner, prompting the correct response, or having the learner practice the response numerous times. Past research suggests that the effectiveness of the procedures may be idiosyncratic across learners. Therefore individualized assessment is paramount to find the least intrusive, most effective error-correction procedure. Two adolescents with autism participated in an adapted error-correction assessment (McGhan & Lerman, 2013). Baseline probes were conducted to identify three sets of three novel sight words for inclusion in the study. We compared acquisition of sight-word reading lists across two error-correction conditions: error-feedback (i.e., instructor stated correct response) and repeating trials until independent (i.e., student was prompted to say correct response and trials at independent were presented until student engaged in correct response) and a control condition (no reinforcement and no error correction) using an alternating treatments design. Results revealed that error-feedback resulted in higher rates of skill acquisition whereas no sight words were acquired during the repeat until independent or control condition. These results were replicated with the set of words that were previously trained using the repeat until independent condition. Implications for future generalization of these results to classroom programming will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #467
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in Treatment for Automatically-Maintained Problem Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine )
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Joanna Lomas Mevers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement can present a challenge and are often more difficult to treat than behaviors maintained by social reinforcement. This challenge is often due to the mechanism that is maintaining the behavior and the inability to fully control access to the automatic reinforcement.. This challenge is compounded by limited empirically validated treatment options. The current symposium will present two papers focused on developing innovative treatments for behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. The first paper focuses on the validation of a free-operant competing stimulus assessment (FOCSA) as an effective tool for identifying items which are highly-preferred, but also result in high-rates of stereotypy (HP-HS) and items which are highly-preferred, but result in low-rates of stereotypy (HP-LS). Results demonstrated the immediate effects of the HP-LS and HP-HS stimuli were correctly predicted by the FOCSA for each participant. The second paper focuses on the use of an activity schedule as a treatment for automatically maintained problem behaviors. Specifically, this study evaluated the use of providing differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior for completion of an activity schedule (without the use of differential reinforcement for the absence of the automatically-maintained problem behavior). Taken together, the results of both studies provide support for continued research on refinements and development of novel treatment approaches for behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Activity Schedule, Automatic Reinforcement, Competing Assessment
 

Extensions of the Use of Free-Operant Competing Stimulus Assessment to Identify Competing Items Used in the Treatment of Stereotypy

John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Erin Swinkels (Aubrun University), KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), Jennifer Lynn Cook (Monarch House), Kathryn McHugh (Monarch House), Kathryn Mann (Monarch House)
Abstract:

Frewing, Rapp, and Pastrana (2015) described a free-operant competing stimulus assessment (FOCSA) wherein they compared conditional probabilities of participants? engaging in stereotypy while manipulating items to the unconditional probability of stereotypy. We conducted a series of experiments to further evaluate this assessment tool. In Experiment 1, we showed that each participant?s repetitive behavior persisted without social consequences. In Experiment 2, we used the same FOCSA to identify high-preference, low stereotypy (HP-LS) items for four participants and high-preference, high-stereotypy (HP-HS) items for four participants. To validate the results of the FOCSAs (Experiment 3), we used a three-component multiple schedule to evaluate the immediate effects of a HP-LS stimulus, a HP-HS stimulus, or both (in separate test sequences) on each participant?s stereotypy. Results of Experiment 3 showed that the immediate effects of the HP-LS and HP-HS stimuli were correctly predicted by the FOCSA for each participant. We briefly discuss the clinical implications and limitations of this study, as well as directions for future research with this FOCSA.

 
Use of Activity Schedules to Treat Automatically Maintained Problem Behavior
JOELLE KRANTZ (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Automatically maintained problem behavior is particularly difficult to treat as the events that evoke or reinforce the behaviors often cannot be observed or manipulated directly (Vollmer, 1994). Reinforcement-based treatments to reduce such problem behavior have focused primarily on identifying competing stimuli that individuals will engage in to the exclusion of automatically reinforced problem behavior (e.g., Piazza et al., 1998; Shore, Iwata, DeLeon, Kahng, & Smith, 1997). However, this strategy may prove difficult if the individual does not have a wide array of activities that compete with the automatic reinforcement produced by the problem behavior. The present study applied a treatment strategy (activity schedules) shown to be effective at promoting adaptive play in other populations to children exhibiting automatically maintained self-injury. Specifically, we used a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedures to teach children to utilize the activity schedule, where alternative activities were trained and reinforced. All participants demonstrated significant reductions in problem behavior following treatment, with treatment gains maintained over time. The findings from the study provide support for a novel intervention to treat automatically maintained problem behavior.
 
 
Panel #468
CE Offered: BACB
A Mile in My Moccasins: What You Think You Know, But Don't Know About Being an Autism Parent
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: William Tim Courtney, Ph.D.
Chair: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
LORRI SHEALY UNUMB (Autism Speaks)
MICHELE TRIVEDI (The Arc of Indiana)
MARY ROSSWURM (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Clinicians work with a wide variety of families affected by autism and come to feel as if they are a part of the family and really understand that autism parents and families go through. This panel, made up of three parents who are also in the "field" and are parenting young adults, will discuss what it's truly like to raise a young person with autism. From angry, resentful siblings, to parental guilt, these topics and more will be discussed in a frank manner so the participants will have a better understanding of the autistic life. Marital stress, financial stress and the constant stress of losing services will be addressed. Please don't think you know what an autism parent goes through unless you have walked a mile in their moccasins.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism families, autism parents, autistic adults, autistic teenagers
 
 
Invited Paper Session #469
CE Offered: BACB/QABA

We Can Teach You That Too! Using Behavior Analysis to Teach Reading, Maths, and Writing to Children With Autism

Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Corinna F. Grindle, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
CORINNA F. GRINDLE (Bangor University)
Corinna Grindle, Ph.D., has over 20 years of experience working with children with autism and related developmental disabilities. She obtained her undergraduate degree at the University of Warwick, and her Ph.D. at the University of Southampton, in 2004. She is a director of the Centre for Behaviour Solutions, a not-for-profit social enterprise that offers evidence-based specialist support for children and young people whose challenging behaviour is impacting negatively on their quality of life. Corinna has been a lecturer on the MSc in ABA at Bangor University since 2004 and taught numerous university courses for behaviour analysts and specialists regarding autism, behaviour analysis, curriculum design and effective instruction. She is currently also an associate research fellow at the Centre for Educational Development Appraisal and Research, University of Warwick. She has been invited to present at national and international conferences regarding educational, behavioural and communicative issues relating to children and young people with autism. Corinna’s research interests include early intervention, challenging behaviour, and fostering academic learning for students with moderate and severe learning disabilities. Her research has been published in journals including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Modification, Behavioral Interventions, the Journal of Autism and Developmental Disabilities, and Research in Developmental Disabilities.
Abstract:

There has been considerable interest in the use of Applied Behaviour Analysis methods as a comprehensive intervention model for children with autism in home and centre-based or school-based settings. Recent systematic reviews and meta-analyses suggest positive outcome data, especially for cognitive, language, and adaptive skills. In addition to a focus on social, language and other adaptive skills, ameliorating academic skill deficits (in reading, writing and maths) is often a component of these programs. However, within the research literature on interventions for children with autism, investigating the best methods of teaching academics has received limited attention. In this presentation I will describe an approach for extending what we know about the psychology of learning to the teaching of academic skills to more fully account for the full range of skills that may be lacking in children with autism. I will describe three distinct strands of research that have effectively taught reading, maths and handwriting skills to children with autism. This talk will provide a new framework for developing and evaluating academic programs for children with autism.

Target Audience:

PENDING

Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
 
Symposium #470
CE Offered: BACB
A ‘Reel’ Problem: The Influence of Verbal and Contextual Variables on Gambling Behavior and Reducing the Negative Influence of Disordered Gambling
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sarah Litten (University of Southern Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, M.S.
Abstract: The gambling industry generates more revenue than the entertainment and sports industries combined, resulting in estimates as a high as 4% of the general population suffering from disordered gambling. International efforts have been made to better understand the sources of disordered gambling, with an emphasis on the development of preventative strategies as well as treatment strategies in application with this population. The first discussion will showcase how verbal relations can lead to suboptimal decision making in the context of losses disguised as wins. The second discussion will demonstrate the potential therapeutic utility of relational defusion in decreasing the contextual influence of verbal relations. The final discussion will highlight a harm-reduction strategy by teaching gamblers to optimize gambling strategies when attending real casinos. Together, this collection of research will put forward a behavior analytic model of gambling behavior, and will show how behavior analytic strategies can be used to treat and prevent disordered gambling.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Gambling, Harm Reduction, Preventative Strategies, Verbal Relations
 

Decreasing the Influence of Relational Verbal Networks on Gambling Behavior Through Therapeutic Exercises

(Basic Research)
DANA PALILIUNAS (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The prevalence of disordered gambling in the United States, due in part to the large scale availability of avenues for gambling, both in person and online, has led to the study of treatments for pathological gambling. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), which is based on the Relational Frame Theory (RFT) account of human language, is one form of intervention that has demonstrated its utility in the treatment of problem gambling. Although outcome data for ACT suggest that it is an effective therapeutic approach, there is limited research regarding the relational frames which underlie ACT core process therapeutic exercises (i.e. defusion, self as context, etc.) which comprise the treatment. The presents studies examine the effect of conditioning verbal relations in the context of therapeutic exercises on the participants responding during gambling tasks. This collection of studies will examine the role of experiential exercises on the defusion of rule governed behavior underlying gambling, contextual variables on impulsive choice behavior of gamblers, and mindfulness activities on suboptimal decision making in a gambling context. Implications of focused research on the relational networks underlying core processes of ACT in terms of broader treatment for disordered gamblers will be discussed.

 
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Promote Optimal Blackjack Strategies
(Basic Research)
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), David Legaspi (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: The proliferation of gambling has exposed millions of Americans to contrived games in which casinos or other vendors hold a statistical and financial edge over a player. Due to the overwhelming popularity of these games, interventions designed to promote optimal choice and improve strategy are socially valid. The present study replicates a previous investigation that taught recreational players blackjack strategies and extends this study by incorporating multiple decks and testing for generalization to an authentic casino setting. A multiple baseline across participants design examined the efficacy of a behavior skills training procedure consisting of video instructions, rehearsal and testing to promote optimal choice-making in blackjack and notably, to teach a specific skill in blackjack (sometimes referred to as card counting). Prior to training, no participants counted cards or won a substantial amount of money while playing. Following training, all three recreational blackjack players counted cards with 100% accuracy and won money in a casino setting, likely improving the entertainment value and reducing the financial costs of the game. These results suggest recreational players would likely benefit from training procedures designed to educate and promote optimal choice-making
 
Losses Disguised as Wins in Slot Machines: A Case of Contingency Confusion
(Basic Research)
JACOB H. DAAR (Northern Michigan University), Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The presentation of outcome stimuli on modern slot machines are thought to occasion gamblers to inaccurately detect the programmed contingencies.  One recently added characteristic of modern slot machines is the ability to deliver wins with lower magnitudes of credits than the initially staked wagers.  Termed a "loss disguised as a win" (LDW), this type of consequence appears to produce reinforcement effects despite representing an overall loss.  In a series of three experiments using computer simulated slot machines, the presentation of LDWs were initially evaluated for possible influence on the temporal characteristics of repeated wagers, subsequently examined to potentially bias response allocation across concurrently available LDW display densities, and finally appraised after labeling training designed to potentially alter the discriminative and consequential functions of LDWs.  Participants in these studies responded differentially following outcome types, allocated more responding on slot machines that produced higher densities of LDWs despite payback rates remaining similar, and maintained responding to LDWs as different from losses even when participant verbal behavior was trained to identify LDWs as a loss. The lack of change in gambler’s behaviors despite changes in verbal responding suggests the importance of behavioral interventions over verbal ones in the alteration of irrational gambling behavior
 
 
Symposium #471
CE Offered: BACB
The Clinical Utility of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Diverse Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
CE Instructor: Ashley Shayter, M.S.
Abstract: Challenging covert and overt behaviors found in schools, treatment centers, and residential facilities are often dealt with by teachers, social workers, and direct care staff. Behavior analysis has developed technologies such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to deal with these higher order problems. The research in ACT extends beyond traditional behavior analytic interventions in order to address issues such as psychological inflexibility, addiction, and other problem behaviors. ACT can help individuals become aware of how their verbal relations interact, and the effect those relations have on their covert and overt behaviors. Additionally, the use of ACT may present an alternate solution to the use of pharmaceutical interventions. In the present symposium, diverse settings in which ACT can be applied will be discussed. Specifically, the three presentations will discuss the clinical utility of ACT within early childhood and pre-school settings, its application by social workers in addiction treatment centers, and improve direct care staff performance during crises.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, Addiction Treatment, Crises Intervention, Preschool
 
Clinical Utility of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Early Childhood Settings
(Applied Research)
HEATHER LYNN LEWIS (Saint Louis University), Tracy Crystal Lemler (Southern Illinois University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Despite increasing rates of mental illness in children, simple contingency models are often prescribed with little to no consideration of the private events that may influence challenging behaviors. Without addressing a significant influential component to such concerns, even effective procedures prove temporary. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been shown to be an effective treatment option for a range of clinically significant behaviors across the lifespan, and research is beginning to emerge on applying ACT in schools, particularly for children with emotional and behavioral disorders. Despite a growing interest, limited focus has been placed on the implementation and outcomes of very young learners. Given minimal literature on the topic, a need emerges for clearly identifying empirically-based strategies for successful implementation of ACT in pre-school settings. Therefore, the current presentation will showcase empirically-based strategies for infusing ACT into an early childhood setting. The presentation will outline therapeutic sessions with pre-school-aged children and how to measure success when implementing an ACT intervention.
 

Using Clinical Behavior Analytic Social Work Practice in Addiction Treatment Centers: Infusing Mindfulness and Acceptance Based Strategies During Group Sessions

(Service Delivery)
SHELBY BATES (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Minimal information currently exists about best practices and implementation strategies for behavioral therapy for gambling disorders, particularly in community addiction treatment centers. Furthermore, therapeutic treatment models applying clinical behavior analytic social work practice to gambling addictions suggest the importance of identifying environmental factors maintaining gambling, to promote sustained absence. The current presentation extends previous work on clinical behavior analytic social work practice into addiction treatment centers. Group sessions conducted across mindfulness and acceptance based topics, derived from previous research on substance use disorders and gambling disorders, were provided to adult males attending a substance in-patient/out-patient community center in the Midwest, United States. Traditional behavior analytic strategies were modified and adapted to fit the community center culture, where attendance or participation in meetings was not required. Further, psychometrics related to mindfulness and acceptance (i.e., MAAS) were provided to attendees before and after weekly sessions, to determine any within-session effects. Identified barriers and solutions for overcoming data collection challenges in community mental health group settings will also be discussed. Finally, with graduate programs training social workers in the use of ABA, the current presentation will discuss the clinical utility of infusing clinical social work with clinical behavior analysis.

 
Evaluating a Brief ACT intervention to Improve Direct Care Staff Performance During Crisis Intervention Encounters
(Applied Research)
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Direct care staffs are often tasked with responding to difficult and oftentimes dangerous problem behaviors. While efforts to identify safe and effective procedures for addressing problematic behaviors has produced a number of proactive and function based strategies, default technologies such as restraint may often be required to ensure that a client cannot harm themselves or others. However, staff members who use these types of technologies tend to suffer from greater levels of anxiety, desensitization, and negatively interact with clients. Additionally, staff are less likely to engage in proactive and recommended protocols, or accurately respond to incidents. Although clear correlations between burnout, poor interactions, and job stressors exist, there are currently few empirically based programs designed to train appropriate coping mechanisms in these situations. The present study examined the efficacy of a brief Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) intervention in combination with realistic role-play scenarios in improving direct care staff performance during crisis intervention encounters. Results indicated that four of the six participants improved their performance following training. Implications of this study suggest that ACT may be a beneficial intervention to increase staff performance during crises.
 
 
Symposium #472
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Towards Higher Standards for the Practice of Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA))
Discussant: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Lynn Hammond, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium centers around topics related to the necessary skills required to provide effective behavior analytic services, and the extent to which our field is potentially equipped to this end. Special attention will be paid to practitioners who support individuals who exhibit severely challenging behaviors in the home and community settings, however, each presentation includes implications for practitioners across a range of settings and populations. The first is a discussion paper on the recent increase in publications regarding the current standards for graduate training and the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), as well as the potential divide between science and practice within the field of behavior analysis. The second paper focuses on the outcomes of a survey designed to extend previous research on the various types of staff and supervisory training, as well as performance management procedures offered to BACB certificants actively working in the applied setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

The Potential Impact ofa Divide Between Science and Practice in the Field of Behavior Analysis

BENJAMIN THOMAS HEIMANN (CABA), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

There has been a recent increase in publications related to increasing the standards for 1) graduate training programs in ABA (e.g., Dixon, Reed, Smith, & LaMarca, 2015) and 2) supervision of individuals pursuing BCBA certification (e.g., Turner, Fischer, & Luiselli, 2016). Carr (2016) suggested a potential deficit of over 55,000 BCBAs to meet the growing need for behavior analytic services, making these discussions related to the quality of graduate training and BCBA trainee supervision extremely important. However, there has been relatively less attention paid to issues associated with ensuring on-going training for individuals who have already completed graduate school and have obtained their BCBA. By definition, as the demand for behavior analytic services increases, it may be reasonable to expect increased expertise in the practitioner skill set maintained by BCBAs. The purpose of the current paper is two-fold: 1) to review the recent publications on issues related to training behavior analysts, and to extend this discussion to the on-going supervision of BCBAs, and 2) to provide suggestions for supporting the on-going development of BCBAs who are faced with increasingly complex clinical issues. These topics will be addressed with respect to recent publications regarding the potential divide between science and practice within the field of behavior analysis (e.g., Critchfield, 2015b).

 

Quality Control: An Assessment of the Current Status of Supervision for Behavior Analysts

RICHARD COLOMBO (Center for ABA), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA))
Abstract:

The purpose of the current investigation was to extend previous research on the various types of staff and supervisory training and performance management procedures offered to BACB certificants. Reed and Henley (2015) surveyed 382 individuals to this end, and their results suggest several areas that require increased attention; in particular, half of the respondents indicated that they did not receive initial pre-service training and nearly one third of respondents indicated that they do not receive on-going training in their work setting. The outcomes of Reed and Henley's investigation provide several valuable avenues for future research and practice. It is important to note, however, that only 18.9% of respondents reported that they work in the home setting (the remainder worked in center/school-based programs). Community-based practitioners are operating under far different contingencies than those who work in a group setting, which directly impacts issues related to staff training and performance management. Moreover, the topography and severity of challenging behaviors may differ across the home and school settings for a given individual. As such, the purpose of the current investigation was to extend Reed and Henley to include 1) more BCBA respondents who practice in the home setting and 2) more data on the frequency and nature of training and supervision received and provided by the respondents (with particular attention to severely challenging behaviors). Potential benefits associated with establishing a more robust definition of on-going training and performance management will be discussed. Implications for the concept of "Continuing Education" also will be presented.

 
 
Panel #474
CE Offered: BACB
Outside the Box: Better Outcomes Through Collaboration
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Tiffany Salmon, M.S.
Chair: Tiffany Salmon (Services for the UnderServed)
ASHELEY BLAISE (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
SAINDYSE GERMAIN (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
AMANDA DUVA (Services for the Underserved)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts working in clinical settings are in a unique position: through the role of developing and implementing behavioral interventions, their work often overlaps and intersects with that of clinicians from many other disciplines. For example, the assessment of motivating operations and antecedents often overlaps with the work of psychiatrists and nurses. The process of implementing and evaluating interventions often overlaps with the work of program management and quality assurance. From this vantage point, the behavior analyst may be in a position to impact interdisciplinary collaboration among these various professionals. The panel will discuss two specific cases where this occurred. In each case, the individual presented with multiple behavioral and medical problems for which solutions were initially difficult to identify. Only after focusing on interdisciplinary team building and communication were the clinicians involved able to develop successful interventions. Specialists from management, nursing, and behavior analysis will discuss the approaches they used to achieve this collaboration, as well as the unique interventions it produced.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adults, care coordination, developmental disabilities, interdisciplinary team
 
 
Invited Paper Session #475
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

A Behavioral Analysis of Aesthetic Responses

Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Francis Mechner, Ph.D.
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation; Columbia University)
Mechner received his doctorate in 1957 from Columbia University under Professors Keller and Schoenfeld, and continued on the teaching faculty until 1960. He did much of his work on the behavioral analysis of aesthetics during his years at Columbia (1948-1960), having spent his earlier years as a concert pianist, painter, and chess master. In the early 1960s he developed an instructional technology based on behavioral analysis and used it to create instructional programs for high schools, medical schools, industry, and government, and with UNESCO, to modernize science teaching internationally. Under government contracts he led the creation of prototype Job Corps Training Centers. In 1968 he founded and operated the original Paideia School, featuring individualized education. In 1970 he participated in the design of Sesame Street. With support from the U.S. Dept. of HEW he created educational daycare systems for four states, and testified before the Senate Finance Committee in support of the Comprehensive Child Development Act of 1971. With endorsement from the OECD, several countries, including Brazil, implemented Mechner's manpower development technology. Mechner's work has included: laboratory research on operant behavior and resurgence; development of a formal symbolic language for codifying behavioral contingencies; founding and operating innovative schools; and conducting continuing R&D programs in educational technology.
Abstract:

The responses we call aesthetic are instances of synergetic phenomena�elements interacting with a transformative effect. Such effects are pervasive in nature, as when chemical reagents react to create another substance, DNA creates organisms, or photosynthesis creates leaves. This conceptualization of aesthetic responses as synergetic phenomena puts the spotlight on the behavioral priming histories of audiences (viewers, listeners, etc.) with respect to the interacting elements�sounds, visual stimuli, words, abstract concepts. actions, or sensations. Aesthetic responses are complex, surprise-tinged emotional reactions. Artists, composers, poets, writers, performers, architects, or chefs create aesthetic effects by assembling such elements as ingredients of �synergetic brews.� To create these brews, they use a limited set of concept manipulation devices. Key factors that determine the aesthetic impact of such synergetic brews are prevailing behavioral contingencies and potentiating circumstances that act much like catalysts for the synergetic interaction�for instance, socio-cultural factors. Mechner shows how synergetic effects based on the use of the described concept manipulation devices are manifested in diverse art forms and disciplines�music, visual art, literature, humor, architecture, science, etc. He also shows how some of these devices can be modeled in the laboratory, and proposes research strategies for increasing our understanding of the pervasive behavioral phenomenon we call aesthetics. Dr. Killeen will offer comments following Dr. Mechner's paper.

Target Audience:

Intermediate; master's level (BCBA) or master's students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) illustrate the relationship among the terms "synergetic interaction," "synergetic brew," "aesthetic response," "surprise," "emotion," "primed," and "potentiating factors;" (2) state five features that aesthetic responses have in common; (3) describe at least three devices used in the arts as ingredients of synergetic brews that can generate aesthetic responses.
 
 
Symposium #476
CE Offered: BACB
Professional Collaboration Between Behavior Analysts and the Rest of the World: It's Not So Tough
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, M.S.
Abstract:

Much has been written in the field of behavior analysis concerning collaboration with professionals in other disciplines. The general hypothesis of this literature focuses on how behavior analysts often come across as dismissive of other disciplines, using language that drips heavily with technical terms, and with an attitude of how we know best. Many suggestions have been made to behavior analysts as to how to be perceived in a more positive light and thus have better working relations with these other professionals. Some of these suggestions include monitoring our language more carefully by speaking at the level of the listener, act more open to ideas from other disciplines, and to become a conditioned reinforcer to make other professionals more receptive to our ideas. One of our biggest strengths is that of adhering to an analytic process when confronted with a behavior problem that is not easily solved. This analytic process (involving case formulation, operational definition of key terms, careful assessment, protocol development, implementation with carefully constructed data instruments, evaluation of the data, and ultimately changing the treatment protocols if not successful) is a process that most disciplines understand and implement to some extent. The purpose of this symposium is to present case studies of successful collaboration between behavior analysts and professionals from other disciplines. Specific strategies for behavior analysts to use in similar collaborative opportunities will be highlighted to aid in the accomplishment of the objectives of such cases.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): adults, autism, collaboration, community
 

Issues in Behavioral Collaboration With Other Disciplines: Applying Our Way of Thinking to Working With Others

(Service Delivery)
Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Jessica Zawacki (PAAL), Kaitlin Ross (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Lauren Erion (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), THOMAS L. ZANE (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Behaviorism and the philosophy of science dictates a set of attitudes and practices to which behavior analysts adhere in their work. Our approach to solving human behavior problems - operational definition of the problem to solve, careful assessment of its current state, functional assessment identifying the reason(s) for the problem, and a 3-term paradigm describing different potential approaches to solutions � has been shown to be effective when applied to a wide range of human endeavors. Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) noted that, �A society willing to consider a technology of its own behavior apparently is likely to support that application when it deals with socially important behaviors, such as retardation, crime, mental illness, or education.� However, to have that impact in all areas of society requires collaboration with professionals in these other disciplines and areas. Collaboration is a set of behaviors for which behavior analysts have been criticized. We often come across as too technical; hesitant to take into consideration the suggestions of other disciplines; and adhering to a philosophical position (of behavior) that is not held by many others in society or other professional fields. This presentation will discuss how behavior analysts can collaborate in ways that makes us more influential with other disciplines and, at the same time, permits the adherence to our philosophy and approach towards solving human problems.

 

Using Preference Assessments to Increase Physical Activity of Youth in an After-School Program

(Service Delivery)
PRIYA VANCHY (KU Work Group), Courtney Moore (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Physical activity is important to child and adolescent health and development. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends that youth between 6 to 17 years participate in at least 60 minutes of physical activity daily. Healthy People 2020 objectives aim to increase the proportion of youth meeting the federal physical activity guidelines. This study examines if identifying and providing opportunities for youth to engage in preferred activities increases participation in leisure-time physical activity. Study participants were youth ages 5 to 15, who resided in a low-income housing complex and participated in an after-school program. The Assessment of Preferred Leisure Alternatives for Youth was used to identify highly preferred activities that were made available through the youth program. A reversal design using momentary time sampling was used to evaluate whether access to highly preferred activities increased the percentage of youth engaged in moderate to vigorous physical activity. Preliminary data suggest an increase between baseline (M = 6.5%, range, 0% to 13%) and intervention phases (M = 66.4%, range, 25% to 85%). Results will be discussed to better examine the efficacy of using online preference assessments and interventions to increase youth physical activity in community-based settings.

 

A Data-Based Protocol for Reducing High Levels of Medication in Adolescents and Adults With Autism

(Service Delivery)
JESSICA ZAWACKI (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Medication is often used solely or in conjunction with behavioral procedures to treat behavior problems in individuals with autism. However, the synergetic effect of multiple medicationsmay evoke otherdifficult challenges that must be addressed in addition to the original dangerous behavioral concerns. Data based decisions and consistent behavioral programming can be used in conjunction with medical oversight and review to systematically reduce medication use so that the individual over time is demonstrating appropriate behavior on the smallest level of medication necessary. This case study demonstrates a formal protocol used when reducing the number and amount of medications used with two adolescents with autism. They demonstrated such serious self-injurious and aggressive behaviors that they were dangers to themselves and others, and that resulted in both being on a cocktail of several different medications tomanagespecific problematic behaviors as well as other alleged psychiatric issues. The number and dosage of these medications were such that these two individuals were sedatedwhichinterfered with skill acquisition. Close collaboration with their medicalneurologists,along with consistent behavioral programming and comprehensive data collection, resulted in gradual reduction and elimination of medications along with continued low-to-no rates of the original target behaviors. The protocols were successful due to the collaboration, gradual pace of medication reduction, consistent implementation of the behavior intervention plans, and the systematic collection of behaviordata.

 
 
Symposium #477
CE Offered: BACB
Ensuring the Success of Behavior Therapists
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Meghan Van Nostrand (ABACS)
CE Instructor: Meghan Van Nostrand, M.S.
Abstract: The success of behavior therapists (BTs) is essential to quality service delivery. In this symposium, success of BTs was examined in terms of procedural integrity (PI) and BT retention. First, the effects of behavior skills training and self-evaluation via video recording on maintenance of PI were evaluated in a multiple baseline design across participants. A discussion of the utility of BST and video self-evaluation of PI is included, particularly when limited resources are available. Next, a group design was used to compare lay and technical terminology in programming for staff who had not received prior training on the specific programming. Data were analyzed using descriptive and statistical analyses and identified that programming using lay terminology resulted in greater PI. Finally, a multitude of data were analyzed across more than 30 interview questions for over 60 employees to determine which variables best predict BT retention. Both descriptive and statistical analyses were conducted and identified clinically and statically significant relations between applicant variables and retention. These three presentations identify practical strategies that can be used to both select BTs and increase BT performance. Each study provides insight into allocation of resources to produce successful BTs who remain employed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Effects of Self-Evaluation on Training Practitioners

CHRISTINE AHERNE (ABACS, LLC.), Lauren Beaulieu (Regis College)
Abstract:

Procedural integrity (PI) is the degree to which techniques are implemented properly and should be maintained at a high level to ensure proper implementation of discrete trial training (DTT). We used a multiple baseline design across participants, and within session design to evaluate the maintenance of DTT skills taught through behavior skills training (BST) with three new behavior therapists at a home-based service agency. All participants learned to implement DTT through BST, and one participant maintained 100% correct implementation of DTT at the 2 week, 4 week, 6 week, and 8 week follow-ups. One participant maintained 100% correct implementation of DTT at the 2 week follow-up, but decreased below criterion at the 4 week follow-up. One participant dropped below mastery criterion at the 2 week follow-up. We taught these participants to implement self-evaluation via video recording. Following the self-evaluation program, DTT skills maintained for 6 weeks for one participant and for 7 weeks for one participant. These results suggest that skills taught through BST may maintain for up to 8 weeks; however, if skills do not maintain, self-evaluation may be a supplementary intervention to increase and maintain PI.

 
Predictors of Staff Retention and Performance Using Interview Data
Ashley Williams (ABACS), Stephanie Phelan (ABACS), MIRANDA COURANT-MORGAN (ABACS)
Abstract: In the current study, we analyzed a variety of observable, measurable variables observed across 90+ individuals during the interview and onboarding process in order to determine which variables might be correlated with greater length of employment and higher performance. A t-test indicated that statistically significant differences existed between applicants for number of months employed and performance checklist scores across several variables. The analysis of number of months employed yielded statistical significance at p < 0.1 for responses to two of four scenario-based questions (p = 0.06 and p = 0.05). Statistical significance was observed at p < 0.1 when examining performance checklist scores: experience under a BCBA, future goals, and education level. Many of the other variables yielded differences among the groups with respect to months employed and checklist score, and these results are discussed in terms of their clinical and practical significance. The results of the analyses suggest greater emphasis on certain aspects of the interview process as well as specific interview questions. Increased awareness of ABA as a potential career as well as opportunities for supervision by BCBAs could help address BT staffing needs in the field.
 

Evaluating the Effects of Lay and Technical Terminology on the Procedural Integrity of Behavior Analytic Programming

Stephanie Phelan (ABACS), HANNAH VANCE GREENWOOD (ABACS), Ashley Williams (ABACS), Lauren Werth (ABACS; Northeastern University), Christine Aherne (ABACS)
Abstract:

This study was conducted to determine the impact of terminology on the procedural integrity of behavior analytic programming. A group design was utilized in which participants were randomly assigned to one of two treatment groups: Technical-Terminology (TT Group, n = 23) and Lay-Terminology (LT Group, n = 23). Participants were 46 individuals who were students at a local university (n = 36) or interviewees of a behavior analytic service provider (n = 12). In each condition, participants were provided with a behavior analytic program to teach intraverbal behavior: answering WH questions about Massachusetts. The TT Group received programming with technical behavior analytic terminology while the LT group received the same program with lay terminology. A paired samples t-test indicated that the lay terminology group had significantly higher procedural integrity than the technical terminology group (p = 0.079). Average procedural integrity scores for the lay terminology group was 60.49% compared to 51.72% for the technical terminology group. IOA of the participants procedural integrity was established. These results emphasize the importance of tailoring language to the audience and given context. Social validity data are reported, as well as implications that this study has on staff training and other areas of future research.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #478
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Cannabis Dose-Effects Across Routes of Administration: Subjective, Performance, and Pharmacokinetic Differences

Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Christine E. Hughes, Ph.D.
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
RYAN VANDREY (Johns Hopkins University)
Dr. Vandrey is an experimental psychologist with degrees from the University of Delaware (BA) and University of Vermont (Ph.D.). He is currently an Associate Professor at the Johns Hopkins University Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit (BPRU). Dr. Vandrey's research focuses on the behavioral pharmacology of cannabis (marijuana) with a primary focus of controlled laboratory studies with adult research volunteers, but also includes clinical trials, web-based survey research, and natural history studies with patient populations using cannabis/cannabinoids for therapeutic purposes. His work helped characterize the cannabis withdrawal syndrome, has provided novel data about the comparative pharmacokinetics and corresponding pharmacodynamics of cannabinoids across routes of administration, explored medications that are potential adjuncts to behavior therapy to improve rates of abstinence among individuals trying to quit using cannabis, examined the effects of cannabis on sleep, and provides information about the risks and benefits of medicinal use of cannabis/cannabinoids for various health conditions.
Abstract:

The use of cannabis (marijuana) for medical and non-medical purposes is expanding worldwide and now includes legal retail outlets for purchasing cannabis products in many areas. Retail cannabis products are varied with respect to dose and intended route of administration, yet the preponderance of scientific data is limited to analysis of the effects of smoked cannabis. This presentation will summarize data from a series of controlled human laboratory studies evaluating the dose effects of oral, smoked, and vaporized cannabis in healthy, non-tolerant individuals. Outcome measures to be described include subjective ratings of drug effects, cardiovascular measures, cannabinoid quantitation in biological fluid, and performance on psychomotor, memory, and divided attention tasks. Implications of the study findings will be discussed with respect to regulation of medical and non-medical cannabis products, drug testing, and education.

Target Audience:

Masters and Doctoral Level BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Understand how route of administration alters the time course of cannabis effects; (2) Be able to describe adverse effects of cannabis that can occur at high doses; (3) Understand the relation between blood THC levels and behavioral effects.
 
 
Symposium #479
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Social and Nonsocial Stimuli as Reinforcers for the Behavior of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Typically Developing Children
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kristine Safaryan (California State University Los Angeles)
Discussant: Kristine Safaryan (California State University Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Svein Eikeseth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents four studies examining effects of various types of social and nonsocial reinforcers for the behavior of children with autism spectrum disorders and typically developing children. Effects of three types of social reinforcers (i.e., enthusiastic praise, neutral praise, and smiling faces) and one type of nonsocial reinforcer (i.e., geometric forms) were assessed. Results shows that for the children with autism, exited praise was more reinforcing as compared to praise given in a neutral tone of voice. In contrast, the two types of praise was equally effective for typically developing children. When given a choice between a smiling face and a geometric form, children with autism preferred the geometric reinforcer to a lager extent than was the case for the typically developing children.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Nonsocial Reinforcers, Praise, reinforcement quality, social reinforcers
 
Effects of Quality of Praise on Discrimination Acquisition
JENNIFER REBECCA WEYMAN (University of South Florida), Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that praise is an effective reinforcer; however, few studies have evaluated how qualitative differences in praise affect responding. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of neutral-quality praise, high-quality praise, and no praise on the rate of discrimination acquisition and maintenance of discriminations at a 6-week follow-up with children diagnosed with autism and intellectual disabilities during discrete-trial training. In addition, preference for neutral-quality praise, high-quality praise, and no praise was evaluated. Slightly faster acquisition was observed during the high-quality praise condition relative to the neutral-praise and no praise conditions for all three participants and independent discriminations maintained at a 6-week follow-up for two of two participants during all three conditions. In addition, one of three participants preferred high-quality praise. These results suggest that there is a slight advantage to using high-quality praise relative to neutral-quality praise and no praise during discrete-trial training.
 

A Comparison of Enthusiastic and Neutral Praise in Skill Acquisition in Children With Developmental Disabilities

MEGAN HINDS (Lovaas Institute for Early Intervention), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

In an expansion of Polick, Carr and Hanney (2012), the purpose of this study is to determine the effects of enthusiastic and neutral praise in skill acquisition by four children with developmental disabilities in this alternating treatment design with a concurrent multiple baseline. One skill with six objectives, three for each phase of treatment, was targeted for each participant. Skill acquisition was measured as a percentage of opportunity as well as sessions to mastery to determine which method resulted in faster skill acquisition. During one phase, enthusiastic social praise was delivered contingent on a correct response while neutral praise was delivered during the second phase. Enthusiastic praise was defined as varied pitch and intonation, volume or tempo as well as an animated tone of voice. Neutral Praise was defined as even and consistent pitch and tone. The same ten approved phrases were used as in both phases of treatment. No sensory input or gestures were provided during either phase of treatment. For all four participants, skill acquisition was faster when enthusiastic social praise was delivered by an average of 1.43 sessions. Anecdotal reports indicate that noncompliance was higher in participants during the neutral praise phase and Clients failed to meet mastery in more neutral praise targets. Limitations and recommendations for future research are discussed.

 

Praise Delivered in Excited Tone or Neutral Tone Affect the Behavior of Children With Autism Differently From That of Typically Developing Children

SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo and Akershus University College), Catherine M. Gale (UK Behaviour Analysis and Research Group CIC), Miriam Worku (UK Young Autism Project), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

According to treatment manuals, praise when used as a putative reinforcer should be given in an excited voice. However, no published study have directly evaluated whether excited praise is more effective than praise delivered in a neutral tone. To examine this questions experimentally, an application for a tablet to assess responding to social praise delivered in excited tone and neutral tone was developed. Two squares, one red and one yellow were presented simultaneously on the tablet screen. Whenever one of the stimulus was touched, it played an audio clip of social praise either delivered in excited tone or neutral tone. Participants were 10 children with ASD and 9 typically developing children. Dependent variable was number of touches on each type of stimuli within and across participants. Results showed that for children with ASD, praise delivered in excited tone was more reinforcing compare to praise delivered in neutral tone. For typically developing children, in contrast, both conditions were equally effective in controlling responding, and hence, equally effective as reinforcers.

 

Assessing Reinforcement Magnitude of Social and Nonsocial Stimuli in Children With Autism and Typically Developing Children Using a Progressive Ratio Reinforcement Schedule

SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo and Akershus University College), Catherine M. Gale (UK Behaviour Analysis and Research Group CIC)
Abstract:

This study assessed reinforcement magnitude of social and nonsocial stimuli in children with autism and typically developing children using a progressive ratio reinforcement schedule. An application for a tablet was developed to assess responding to social images and nonsocial images. A pixelated stimulus was presented on the tablet screen, and whenever it was touched, it played a video clip for two seconds. The video clip was either a social image (a face) or a nonsocial image (a geometric pattern). Participants were 10 children with autism and 10 typically developing children. Dependent variable was the reinforcement schedule reached before responding extinguished (i.e., break point), and rate of responding across sessions. Results showed that for nonsocial stimuli, the break point and the rate of responding was higher for the children with autism as compared to the typically developing children. For the social stimuli the break point and the response rate was for similar for the children autism compared to the typically developing children. Results suggest that nonsocial stimuli is a more potent reinforcer for the behavior of children with autism as compared to typically developing children. Potent nonsocial reinforcers may select stereotyped and repetitive behavior and defici verbal and social skills.

 
 
Symposium #481
CE Offered: BACB
Explorations of Extinction in Basic and Applied Research
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Tyler Nighbor, M.A.
Abstract: Extinction - the discontinuation of response-contingent reinforcement – is not only a common life occurrence but also an intervention to reduce problematic behavior. The present symposium considers research on the extinction-related phenomena of resurgence and spontaneous recovery and on the efficacy of extinction procedures used in clinical treatment and in the laboratory. The work encompasses a range of subjects – rats, pigeons, and people with autism – studied in basic and applied settings. The goal is to encourage an exchange of ideas that will promote translational research on extinction and related phenomena.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Extinction, Resurgence, Spontaneous Recovery, Translational Research
 
Control of Spontaneous Recovery by Temporally Sequenced Auditory Stimuli
(Basic Research)
FORREST TOEGEL (West Virginia University), Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Spontaneous recovery is the recurrence of previously extinguished behavior at the beginning of successive extinction sessions. We investigated the possibility that spontaneous recovery is controlled by stimuli correlated with the start of a session. Rats’ lever pressing was reinforced with food on a variable-interval 60-s schedule during training sessions divided into five segments lasting 10 min each. A distinctive auditory stimulus was correlated with each segment. In a series of test sessions, responding was extinguished by discontinuing reinforcement. For some rats, the temporal order of the stimuli was the same as in training, so that the start of every session was accompanied by the same stimulus. Other rats were tested with the stimuli in a different order. In two experiments, extinction sessions were arranged on successive days or immediately after one another on the same day. Spontaneous recovery was greater when a consistent stimulus was correlated with the start of the sessions, and when the sessions were separated by a day.
 
Persistence of Responding Maintained by DRL Schedules
(Basic Research)
TYLER NIGHBOR (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate (DRL) schedules reinforce responses separated by t seconds or more from the previous response. Little is known about the effects of extinction on responding previously maintained by DRL schedules. Aside from conventional extinction, extinction is also arranged as response-independent food presentations on a fixed or variable-time (VT) schedule. The purpose of the present experiment was to compare the effects of conventional extinction and VT extinction on four pigeons’ key-pecking previously maintained by multiple DRL 15-s DRL 15-s schedules. In EXT 1, conventional extinction was arranged in one component. In the other, VT component, reinforcement rates and temporal distributions of reinforcers were yoked to those obtained in baseline. Response rates were lower in the conventional extinction component than the VT component for 3 of the 4 pigeons. In EXT 2, following reestablishing baseline, conventional extinction was arranged in one component and a VT 30-s schedule in the other component. Results of EXT 1 were consistent with those from EXT 2. The VT schedules maintained higher response rates than did conventional extinction for 3 of the 4 pigeons, and in some cases, maintained higher response rates than the DRL baseline. Additionally, conventional extinction did not eliminate responding entirely.
 
The Effects of Non-Contingent Reinforcement on Resurgence
(Basic Research)
JESSICA LANGLEY (University of Auckland), John Bai (University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Understanding the mechanisms behind resurgence is vital for developing effective treatments to replace problem behaviour. The typical resurgence procedure consists of three phases, where the first phase involves reinforcement of a target response. Second, the target response is extinguished and an alternative response is reinforced. Third, reinforcement for both responses is extinguished and target responding typically resurges. Previous research found more abrupt resurgence when the alternative response was unavailable in Phase 3 (a modified procedure), than when the alternative response was available (the typical procedure). The current study replicated the modified procedure using non-contingent alternative reinforcement with 6 homing pigeons. We found abrupt resurgence in both the modified and typical procedures, and peak resurgence in the initial sessions in both procedures. In contrast, a control condition replicating the typical procedure with response-contingent reinforcement resulted in peak responding after the initial sessions. This difference in the patterns of resurgence suggest that the relation between responding and reinforcement may influence the onset of resurgence, possibly because non-contingent reinforcement produces less response competition than contingent reinforcement.
 
Further Evaluation and Analysis of Differential Exposure to Establishing Operations During Functional Communication Training
(Applied Research)
DANIEL R. MITTEER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Recent research findings (DeRosa, Fisher, & Steege, 2015) suggest that minimizing exposure to the establishing operation (EO) for destructive behavior when differential-reinforcement interventions like functional communication training (FCT) are first introduced may produce more immediate reductions in destructive behavior and prevent or mitigate dangerous extinction (EXT) bursts. We directly tested this hypothesis by introducing FCT with EXT in two conditions, one with limited exposure to the EO (limited EO) and one with more extended exposure to the EO (extended EO) using a combined reversal and multielement design. For one participant, we conducted this evaluation in a multiple-baseline design across functions of destructive behavior. Participants were two boys (ages 3-4) diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who engaged in destructive behavior maintained by access to tangibles, escape, or both. Results demonstrated that the limited-EO condition rapidly reduced destructive behavior to low levels during every application, whereas the extended-EO condition produced an EXT burst in five of six applications. We discuss these findings in relation to the effects of EO exposure on the beneficial and untoward effects of differential-reinforcement interventions.
 
 
Symposium #482
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analytic Perspectives on Choice
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B/C
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
Discussant: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Kyonka, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Choice has a varied history as a topic of research in behavior analysis. To the extent that ?choice? refers to exercising free will, it is incompatible with a determinist philosophy of science. Nevertheless, it is consistently among the most popular topics at this conference and in behavioral journals. It has yielded some of the most significant conceptual and empirical advances in behavior analysis. From factors influencing consumer behavior to the role of impulsive behavior in substance abuse, from mathematical elaborations on the matching law that serve as the foundation for quantitative models of behavior to client preference assessments, few areas of behavior analysis have escaped the influence of choice. In this symposium, four distinguished behavior analysts with different research backgrounds and theoretical orientations present their ideas about the contributions of behavior analysis to the study of choice, and the value of choice as a research topic for behavior analysts. Speakers will discuss what we have accomplished already and offer their thoughts about where the field might go in the future.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): consumer choice, delay discounting, time allocation, treatment outcomes
 
Choice as Time Allocation
(Theory)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
Abstract: The word “choice” has multiple meanings. In one usage, it is a momentary event, synonymous with “decision.” In that usage, one might speak of “choices.” Another usage considers activities extended in time, roughly synonymous with “preference.” In that usage, one does not pluralize “choice.” The difference between the two may be compared to the difference between weather and climate. As many rainy days may occur in a month, so many choices may occur in a day. As the climate in a place may be rainy, so one’s preference for working may dominate over one’s spending time with family. The latter usage has applied to research on choice as operant behavior. The matching law, suggested by Herrnstein in 1961, has proven useful in laboratory research and also in thinking about behavior in the everyday world. Since time is limited (e.g., to 24 hours a day), activities must compete with one another. In the laboratory, this competition has been studied extensively. In everyday life, competition explains much of human choice, such as so-called “work-life balance.” Since activities are episodic, time spent switches between activities relatively often. Such switches may be equated to momentary choices or decisions.
 

Choice and its Utility in Applied Behavior Analysis Research and Practice

(Applied Research)
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Choice can be readily conceived within behavior analysis as analogous to a concurrent schedule of reinforcement. Thus, choice can be viewed within the scope of basic behavior analysis. In the applied behavior analytic literature and in the practice of applied behavior analysis, choice has a long history as both a procedural detail and an independent variable. Using past data related to preference assessment and current data related to an NIH-funded study on the maintenance of Functional Communication Training intervention effects, the current presentation will review the impact of choice as a procedural detail in applied behavior analysis research and practice. Specifically, the utility of choice in various types of assessment will be documented as a means of designing more effective and long lasting treatments. In addition, the current presentation will discuss the use of choice as an independent variable, or component, in the treatment of severe problem behavior. Specifically, studies related to how incorporating choice into treatment components impacts treatment outcomes will be discussed.

 
Operant Behavioral Economics and Consumer Choice
(Theory)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University)
Abstract: Economics is concerned with allocation of scarce resources to competing alternatives. Operant psychology is concerned with allocation of responses to competing sources of reinforcement. Behavioral economics is concerned with deviations from classical rational choice models in economics. Operant behavioral economics applies methods and theory from operant psychology to understanding economic choice. Unlike behavioral economics, Operant Behavioral Economics does not attempt to rescue rational choice theory nor does it appeal to various heuristics and biases to explain choice. Instead, Operant Behavioral Economics is arational. Research in the Operant Behavioral Economics of consumer choice is reviewed, highlighting the ways in which economic theory and operant theory can inform one another in explaining how consumers choose.
 

Using Choice Procedures to Understand Brain Systems of Value

(Basic Research)
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Choices between dissimilar items are ubiquitous but how are these decisions made? Researchers are interested in this issue to gain insights into various pathologies, including substance use attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, schizophrenia, etc., as well as learn about basic decision-making mechanisms. In all of these disorders, patients show a heightened preference for small, immediate rewards over and larger, later rewards, also known as delay discounting. Studies in rodents examining the neural correlates of these types of choice have used a procedure in which subjects choose between small, immediate rewards and larger, later rewards where the delay to reward increases systematically across trials in a session. This talk will compare this procedure to titrating procedures that are also used in the field. I will present data showing the degree of correlation between the procedures is actually limited, discuss reasons for this mismatch and review the data on the neural bases of delay discounting derived from both types of procedure to identify regions identified by both procedures as well as regions identified by a single procedure.

 
 
Symposium #484
CE Offered: BACB
Assessing Different Methodology in Higher Education on Student Learning
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Russell (Sage Graduate School; ASPIRE LLC)
Discussant: Dana R. Reinecke (Long Island University Post)
CE Instructor: Cheryl J. Davis, M.S.
Abstract:

Many higher education programs teach courses online, face to face, synchronous, asynchronous and hybrid. Online instruction continues to increase in popularity as noted with over 200 colleges and universities offering online instruction (National Center for Education Statistics, 2014) with at least 120 schools offering full online programs (National Center for Education Statistics, 2012). Convenience and flexibility are key benefits of online learning (Marks, Sibley & Arbaugh, 2005). Online learning eliminates physical barriers to education such as geographic distance, time constraints and household obligations (Hines & Pearl, 2004). There is however, little to no empirical data that investigates the effectiveness of online learning, nor the most effective method of delivery and whether those methods should differ from traditional classroom methods. With such diversity in formats, it is essential to assess what components are most effective for student learning. The multiple modalities allows for variation of instruction across each mode often allowing multiple methods within one course. This symposium will review four different methods of delivering instruction and report on the student learning measures.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Methodology comparison, Teaching
 
The Effects of Using Interactive Video Lectures on Student’s Test Performance
CHERYL J. DAVIS (Endicott College/SupervisorABA), Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences)
Abstract: Studies purport that student engagement in online courses demonstrated many students did not access material, handouts or audio-visual lectures (Grow et al., 2010; Reinecke & Finn, 2014). Instructors must be able to determine whether students are utilizing posted lectures, handouts and reading assignments, which becomes more challenging in the online classroom, as instructors cannot judge learning on demand. Students learn best by doing (Skinner, 1968), hence it is imperative that online instruction includes ways to make learning interactive and provide immediate feedback. One such way is to have students actively respond during lectures, such as answering questions or giving examples of a concept. It is unclear if this is interactive component is needed in the online learning environment as teaching techniques and coursework varying in this environment compared to a traditional classroom. The present study evaluated the use of interactive video lectures to determine if student outcomes on posttest improved when actively responding during the posted lecture. Preliminary results show that the method of the video lecture did not significantly impact student performance. Discussion about why this may be the case and other variables responsible for learning will be reviewed.
 
Evaluation of a Computer Based See/Write Exercise on Quiz Performance in Higher Education Courses
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Georgian Court University), David M. Wilson (Georgian Court University)
Abstract: Precision teaching techniques used in higher education often are see/say activities (e.g., SAFMEDS) despite the fact that examinations are usually in a see/write learning channel. Previous researchers (e.g., Cihon, Sturtz, & Eshleman, 2012) have suggested it may be beneficial to conduct practice in the same learning channel as assessment. Use of a see/write exercise delivered by course management software would both match the assessment learning channel and produce a permanent product of studying for instructor evaluation. The current investigation was a preliminary analysis of a) the utility of course management software at delivering a see/write exercise, b) students’ patterns of use, and c) the effects of the see/write exercise on weekly quiz performance. Each week students completed brief timings in the software presented definitions and students typed the appropriate term. The assigned number and distribution of timings varied across conditions. Results indicated that student use tended to meet but not exceed requirements and effect on quiz performance was dependent on both number and distribution of timings.
 

Comparing Engagement Instruction Versus Lecture Instruction in an Undergraduate Classroom

Andrea Mazo (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), WILLIAM ROOT (Southern Illinois University), David Legaspi (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Several studies have demonstrated that active learning techniques in classrooms are more effective than passive learning techniques. The current literature has several different definitions of what consists of active learning. Bijou (1970) suggests that behavior analysis develop an approach to education that is more scientific and omits the otherwise hypothetical constructs that presently govern educations overall impact on student performance. The purpose of this study is to offer a behavior analytic definition of active learning and passive learning, create terminology that better describes the process, and to compare the effects of engagement versus lecture instruction approaches to teaching. We used an alternating treatments design across participants to demonstrate differentiation in weekly quiz scores between the two types of instructions. We hypothesize that weekly quiz scores will increase during the engagement instruction sessions and that weekly quiz scores will decrease during the lecture instruction sessions.

 

Assessing the Effects of Incorporating Optional Synchronous Video Discussions Into an Asynchronous Online Graduate Course

NICOLE M. DAVIS (Northeastern University), Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

Online graduate programs in applied behavior analysis have grown in recent years. One of the major differences between on-ground and online courses is the nature of class discussions that take place within those courses. Traditional classrooms involve discussions that allow for immediate instructor feedback, provide opportunities for repeated practice, and vocal verbal discussions of concepts. Online courses on the other hand, often rely on discussion boards as a way for students to discuss concepts and demonstrate knowledge. Advantages to the use of discussion boards may include increased responding from students who might not respond in a live discussion, increased opportunity for students to engage in written behavior, and fewer time restrictions for students and instructors. The current study examined the effects of replacing static discussion board requirements with optional synchronous video discussions during target weeks during the semester. Student allocation to discussion board and synchronous video discussion sessions, number of responses per week, performance on assessments, and reported preference were compared.

 
 
Symposium #485
CE Offered: BACB
Arranging Classroom Contingencies to Maximize Student Engagement and Task Completion While Minimizing Escape-Motivated Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Edward J. Daly (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Discussant: Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee)
CE Instructor: Edward J. Daly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Teachers essentially have students turn their attention from whatever they are doing prior to instruction to present instructional tasks that are effortful and difficult. For many students, the suddenly imposed demands frequently evoke some behaviors that interfere with student learning and make it difficult for the teacher to teach. At the same time, these task demands frequently do not evoke the kinds of desired behaviors that are conducive to student learning. Managing the contingencies to promote appropriate task engagement and completion while minimizing classroom disruptions can be very challenging. Four studies will be presented that examined a variety of consequence-based and antecedent strategies to increase desired classroom behavior and decrease disruptive behavior. Specifically, the studies examined the effects of (a) different reinforcement schedules on math-problem completion using a token-based reinforcement system, (b) adding differential negative reinforcement to an instructional package to increase revisions in self-generated writing samples; (c) contingent negative reinforcement on problem behavior maintained by escape during instruction; and (d) combining demand-fading and choice making on task completion and aggression. The results will be discussed in terms of arranging classroom contingencies to maximize student engagement and task completion while minimizing escape-motivated behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Demand fading, Negative reinforcement, Token economies, Writing revision
 

Comparing the Effects of Fixed-Ratio and Variable-Interval Reinforcement Schedules on Problem Completion During Math

BRITTANY PENNINGTON (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

When teachers implement point- or token- based classroom reinforcement systems, they must make decisions about how to deliver the point or tokens. One important consideration is on what schedule teachers should deliver points, but few studies have evaluated the effects of different schedules of reinforcement in classroom settings. In this study, we used an alternating treatments design to compare the effects of the two reinforcement schedules that would be easy for teachers to implement in the classroom, variable interval (VI 60-s) and fixed ratio (FR 5), on math fact completion and on-task behavior for three third-grade students. Students exchanged two points for a backup reinforcer in both conditions, and point distribution rate was designed to ensure the amount of reinforcement was similar across conditions in order to isolate the schedule. The study was conducted during a math center in the students classroom while regular classroom activities continued. Although results varied somewhat across participants, the fixed-ratio schedule maintained a higher rate of responding with less variability compared to the variable-interval schedule for all participants. Results are discussed in terms of optimizing point- or token-based classroom management systems, with suggestions for evaluating persistence of responding in future studies.

 
The Impact of Negative Reinforcement Contingent on Revision on Students’ Writing: Can Writing Less Lead to Writing More?
JILL HOLTZ (University of Nebraska--Lincoln), Pooja Parikh (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Cassandra Renee Dietrich (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Nathan Speer (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract: This study examined the impact of negative reinforcement contingent on revision added to an instructional package consisting of positive reinforcement and prompting on the revising behavior of high school students. A multiple-baseline across participants consisting of two cohorts of three participants each was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. Prior to baseline, participants were screened for basic writing skills. Programmed reinforcers were validated. During baseline, participants were instructed to revise a previously written composition using a prompt and to write a story. After completing both tasks, students were provided access to a reinforcer. After stable baselines were achieved for each participant, negative reinforcement contingencies for revising were introduced. Students were instructed that they could escape writing a story contingent upon making a criterion number of revisions to their compositions. Results demonstrated that the intervention increased students’ number of attempted revisions, correct revisions, and unique revisions but suggested differential responding patterns for accuracy. Results are discussed in terms of performance deficits in revising, individual differences in students’ writing skills, implications for intervention in revision, and general contingencies of reinforcement in the classroom. Discussion focuses on the need for future research on intervention components to increase students’ revising behavior.
 
Functional Communication Training and Demand Fading Using Choice Making
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University), Abby Hodges (Baylor University), Lauren Uptegrove (Baylor University), Kristen Williams (Baylor University), Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Missouri)
Abstract: Demand fading typically includes an escape extinction component, which can be difficult to implement due to extinction bursts and the inability to continue task presentation due to the nature of challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of demand fading with choice making, rather than extinction, for a 7-year old male participant diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, oppositional defiant disorder, and disruptive mood dysregulated disorder. The participant consistently engaged in severe, escape-maintained aggression when presented with academic tasks. First a functional communication response (FCR) was trained so the participant could request breaks. Functional communication training was followed by demand fading to systematically increase the amount of work completed between break requests. During demand fading, aggression and requests emitted prior to meeting the task completion criterion were reinforced with short, low-quality breaks, but requests emitted following task completion criterion were reinforced with long, high-quality breaks. As the task completion criterion increased, percentage of problem behavior decreased and FCR rates dropped to socially appropriate levels. Results suggest that choice making may be an effective alternative to extinction as a component of demand fading.
 
Effects of Negative Reinforcement for Task Completion on Problem Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (The University of Missouri), Alyssa N. Suess (Trinity Health), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Jessica Schwartz (University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (Seattle Children's Hospital), Jessica Detrick (University of Missouri), Kristin Hathaway (University of Missouri)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of contingent negative reinforcement for task completion on problem behavior maintained by escape. Jake was a second grader who was diagnosed with ADHD, a language disorder, and specific learning disorders in math, reading, and written expression. Academic instruction was provided at the first grade level. Primary behavioral concerns were noncompliance, self-injury, complaining, and negative vocalizations when asked to complete academic tasks. All procedures were conducted one time per week on an outpatient basis across 5 mo and focused on math. Phase 1 was conducted within a reversal design to determine the occurrence of problem behavior with and without contingent positive reinforcement for task accuracy. Phase 2 was conducted within a multielement design embedded within a reversal design to determine the effects of instructional strategies with and without contingent negative reinforcement for task completion on problem behavior. Results (Figure 1) showed that problem behavior occurred at higher levels when positive reinforcement was provided for task accuracy and when instructional strategies were provided in isolation. In contrast, problem behavior decreased to lower levels when contingent negative reinforcement was paired with the instructional strategies. Results will be discussed in terms of motivating operations.
 
 
Symposium #487
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Tacts to Create Treatment Integrity: Principles Involved, Related Phenomena, Practical Considerations, and Some Data
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc. / Rollins College)
Discussant: Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com)
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium explores how tacting correct and incorrect implementation of behavioral training procedures may enhance treatment integrity when carrying out those procedures. Train to Code (http://www.ai2inc.com) is an internet-enabled program that uses multiple exemplar training to teach trainees to tact behavioral events as an expert does, as they occur sequentially in a video. By definition, when trainees have achieved expert tacting performance with the targeted events, high inter-observer-agreement with the expert has been attained. Early in the evaluation of this program, we noted that when trainees learn to consistently tact steps an expert therapist takes when carrying out a behavioral training procedure, they show improved skill in carrying out the same procedure. This may be conceptualized as tacting if-then relationships in the environment (i.e., deriving self-rules) and then following those rules at a later time under similar circumstances (Fryling, Johnston, and Hayes L, 2011). We explore what behavioral principles and phenomena might be involved in such transfer, what practical considerations impact the success of this training, and provide two examples of the use of this approach to enhance skills in carrying out behavioral training procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral training, computer-based training, observation training, treatment integrity
 

Transfer From Tacting Examples and Non-Examples of Skilled Behavioral Procedures to Later Performance of Those Procedures

(Theory)
DAVID A. A. ECKERMAN (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Genae Annette Hall (Behavior Analysis and Intervention Services), Robert G. Vreeland (Behavior Analysis Intervention Services), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc. / Rollins College)
Abstract:

Train to Code is an internet-enabled program that uses multiple exemplars to teach trainees to tact behavioral events as an expert does, as they occur sequentially in videos. When the events to be tacted involve implementation of behavior analytic training procedures, we have found that, after trainees have achieved mastery (high inter-observer-agreement), they often carry out those procedures more correctly compared with their baseline performance (i.e., with improved treatment integrity). Since ABA interventions must be implemented with high treatment integrity to be effective, and this is a major issue in the field, we are excited that TTC may play a role in achieving this goal. In this presentation, we seek to identify behavioral principles that may account for this transfer, which we view as delayed observational learning. We also discuss behavioral phenomena that appear to be related to this finding, such as abstract control in simple and more complex (higher order) verbal relations, rule-governed behavior, self-talk in skilled performance in judged sports, and the role of tacting a model's behavior in imitating that behavior at a later time.

 

Using Train-to-Code to Teach Implementation of PECS to Undergraduate Students

(Applied Research)
ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Nicole Martocchio (University of Massachusetts Lowell), David A. A. Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Helena Whitlow (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to assess the feasibility of an observation and coding software system (i.e., Train-To-Code [TTC]) to teach university students implementation of Phase 3A of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). The software was used to develop a customized program that coached participants by presenting multiple exemplars of correct and incorrect implementation of each step of this phase of PECS. Participants were required to code specific behaviors in accordance with a taxonomy developed by the experimenters. The training program provided prompts and feedback in real time based on participants' level of performance and required mastery of seven levels of training, each with fewer prompts and feedback, until an expert level of unprompted coding performance was demonstrated. Four undergraduate students with no prior experience in the implementation of PECS were recruited. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of the training on treatment integrity performance during role-play with a confederate learner before and after training. Results showed improved performance relative to baseline following training, and maintenance of performance at 2-4 weeks follow-up. Implications of these findings for staff training in applied settings will be discussed.

 
A Preliminary Investigation of Train to Code for Teaching Match-to-Sample Skills
(Applied Research)
RYLAND K. BAKER (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Kelly James (New England Center for Children), Danielle Dickie (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children), David A. A. Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to pilot the use of a computer-based training program (Train to Code [TTC]) in teaching Match-to-Sample (MTS) procedures to 4 daycare teachers with no prior experience conducting MTS programs. Written instructions for conducting MTS procedures were given during baseline for 2 participants, and 2 other participants received additional Powerpoint® slides describing MTS procedures prior to baseline. During baseline, an experimenter played the role of the student, and data were collected on the participant’s correct implementation of the MTS program. The participants then participated in the TTC training by viewing videos of teachers implementing MTS trials and scoring each trial as correct or incorrect, with embedded prompts for scoring systematically faded over 6 training levels. A multiple baseline design across participants was used. Interobservor agreement (IOA) was obtained through an additional observer scoring the participant alongside (but independently of) the researcher in all phases of sessions, and/or through video transcription. The secondary observer scored 33% of total observations. IOA was calculated by dividing the number of agreements by the number of agreements plus disagreements and multiplying by 100. IOA on procedural integrity was high with a range of 85% to 100%. Results showed improvements for all participants after TTC training, but only 2 participants demonstrated at least 80% correct responding. Generality probes were also conducted with 3 participants, and showed similar, but more variable, performances as post-training sessions across prompting delays and stimuli sets. Implications for future iterations of the TTC program for training MTS procedures are discussed.
 

Should Staff Training Be Guided By Individualized Educational Programs?

(Theory)
ROGER D. RAY ((AI)2, Inc. / Rollins College)
Abstract:

ABA staff are typically taught quite differently from how those same staff members teach clients. Clients are individually evaluated for existing skills and knowledge, then Individualized Educational Programs (IEPs) are developed that take into account a wide variety of important variables that impact the educational program designed for each individual client. Staff, on the other hand, are more typically taught using techniques more commonly found in classroom instruction and is not individualized. That is, they are taught in groups, are presented slide presentations and limited narrated video examples, and may participate in some discussion and/or even role playing. Ignored are individual differences in prior training or content exposures, the pace of delivery, and most other teaching/learning variables. Train-to-Code (TTC) is a software system designed to help individualize this process through highly adaptive and interactive process pacing, prompting, and feedback or error correction procedures. But that is only a beginning in individualization. The design of the content and task demands of those who supply content for TTC presents a whole new set of instructional challenges that should also be very carefully considered and individualized for each trainee. This presentation reviews data showing how critical this requirement really is.

 
 
Symposium #488
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Verbal Behavior Research
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David Legaspi (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Andrea Mazo, M.S.
Abstract: In recent years, verbal behavior research has focused on developing procedures that increase the efficiency of verbal behavior acquisition. This body of research is generally translational, focusing on (a) the development of procedures that preclude the functional independence of verbal operants, (b) translating basic procedures to clinical populations and socially significant behaviors (i.e., using equivalence-based instruction to teach verbal operants, incorporating metacontingency packages to increase social skills and intraverbals/conversation), or (c) answering basic research questions while focusing on the clinical aspects that would most benefit from its solution (i.e., the effects of motivating operations on tact acquisition in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders). When translated to clinical practice, these procedures can enhance the efficiency of verbal behavior acquisition, which can help decrease the gap between the verbal behavior repertoire of children with developmental disabilities and that of their typically developing peers. This symposium will provide an overview of the aforementioned lines of research, with a focus on directions for future research and clinical implications.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Motivating Operations, Private Events, Stimulus Equivalence, Verbal Behavior
 

An Examination of the Metacontingency Utilizing Activities With Embedded Interlocking Contingencies to Promote Social Interactions

MEGAN FULTS (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), William Root (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mariela Castro (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samantha Lee Kohn (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Christina L Chancey (Southern Illinois University of Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The current investigation examined the effectiveness of a metacontingency package in two experimentations. In experiment one, the metacontingency was utilized by embedding activities with interlocking behavioral contingencies to examine its effectiveness on reciprocal social interactions in two females diagnosed with an Intellectual Disability. Results demonstrated an increase of the dependent variable by the metacontingency activities. The results of experiment one were the premise for experiment two, which was to examine whether the metacontingency activities that were effective in increasing reciprocal social interactions were an effect of the metacontingency or an effect of engaging in an activity together. Experiment two utilized two activity types, parallel and metacontingency activities, to determine their relative effect on self-talk behavior, reciprocal social interactions, and conversational units in two males diagnosed with an Intellectual Disability. Results suggested that there were no relative effects demonstrated by the two activity types on self-talk behavior, however results demonstrated an increased effect by the metacontingency activities relative to the parallel activities on reciprocal social interactions and conversational units.

 

Motivating Operations and Tact Acquisition

MIRELA CENGHER (City University of New York, The Graduate Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Research has shown that typically developing children tact at a higher rate when deprived of social interaction as compared to when satiated. The purpose of this study was to further examine the effects of presession social interaction on the acquisition of tacts. The participants were three children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, who learned tacts following presession conditions of deprivation of social interaction, satiation of social interaction, and control. Maintenance probes were conducted 2 weeks and 1 month following training. A functional analysis of language demonstrated that the newly acquired words functioned as tacts. All three participants learned tacts more efficiently following deprivation of social interaction, as compared to satiation or control. This study extended the literature by demonstrating the effects of pressession social interaction on tact acquisition.

 

The Emergence of Intraverbals Following Equivalence-Based Instruction in a Young Male With Autism

Kelly Della Rosa (Alpine Learning Group), Jamie Fitzgerald (Alpine Learning Group), JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Past research has demonstrated that oral labeling can emerge following equivalence-based instruction (Groskreutz et al., 2010). We designed an equivalence-based protocol to determine if intraverbals would emerge following EBI. A pretest/posttest control group experimental design was used to examine the effects of teaching specific conditional relations among stimuli representing planets, on the emergence of untaught relations, as well as intraverbals (i.e., answering questions about the planets). Class A was the written name of the planet (i.e., Neptune, Mars, and Saturn), Class B was a picture representing each planet, and Class C was a fact about the planet (e.g., has rings made of ice). A match-to-sample protocol using a linear training structure was used. Pretests were conducted for all relations and with the exception of C-A, scored at or below 50%. During a pretest for answering questions about planets, the participant scored 0%. The participant responded correctly on 100% of the trials during the posttest of all relations and answered 70% of the posttest questions accurately. The teaching as usual control comparison included questions about a different set of planets (i.e., Venus, Earth, and Jupiter) and facts that were taught using discrete trial instruction. The participant could not answer any questions from this set of planets during the pretest. After the participant was directly taught to answer these questions, he was able to answer 70% of the questions correctly. Results indicate that, for this participant, accuracy of intraverbal responding that emerged following EBI was similar to that trained directly using DTI.

 
Effects of Dictation Taking and Spelling Responses in Children While Using Overt Indicators to Measure Covert Processes
ANDREA MAZO (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Samantha Smalley (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samuel Nathan Krus (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), David Legaspi (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract: Several studies have demonstrated that conditions can be arranged to promote increases in a nontargeted verbal operant following instruction of another verbal operant. Furthermore, Palmer (2010, stated that in order to fully understand behavior at the covert level, we must expand our repertoire of experimental and analytical tools. One way to expand our experimental procedures is to use covert indicators to measure overt processes. In this study we used a multiple baseline design with embedded probes to evaluate the effects of an instructional protocol on 2 nontargeted verbal repertoires (taking dictation and vocal spelling) in children ages 6-7. The children were divided into two groups. The first group was instructed in taking dictation with vocal probes to test for the emergence of vocal spelling of the words. The second group was instructed in vocally spelling the words with written probes to test for the emergence of written responses. In addition, covert indicators were operationally defined and measured throughout the study for each child. Results indicate that each child demonstrated the emergence of nontargeted verbal operants. In addition, we developed a possible measure to indicate covert thinking at the overt level.
 
 
Symposium #490
CE Offered: BACB
Measuring Behavioral Development and Intervention in Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Discussant: Saranya Ramakrishnan (Harvard School of Public Health)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium is on measuring behavioral development and intervention at proper place for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder . It focuses on the need of developmentally based behavioral instruments to assess the progress of autism. This allows for individualization in all cases to increase intervention effectiveness. The presentations in this symposium will discuss: a) a developmentally based behavioral instrument for early detection of autism and effective intervention; b) empirical study of autism developmental task instrument in predicting developmental difficulty of task items; c) a need for placing the person in the right place in a behavioral development sequence, to see if sequenced interventions are actually moving the child forward.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

A Developmentally Based Behavioral Instrument to Assess Development and Progression of Autism

NICHOLAS HEWLETT KEEN COMMONS-MILLER (Tufts University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), Dristi Adhikari (Dare Association)
Abstract:

A new developmentally based behavioral instrument Autism Developmental Task Sequence has been developed. With the use of the instrument, the aim is to see the longitudinal and cross-sectional data on developmental progress in individual performance in a number of domains associated with autism spectrum disorder. All the questions in the instrument are task based. The answers to questions are asked ratings from a scale of 1(never) to6 (always). The items in the instrument are developed using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity to determine their developmental difficulty. The domains and subdomains are also based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The instrument breaks these domains down to get an understanding/analysis of these impairments and their developmental progress. Each items are pre scored for their Order of Hierarchical Complexity (OHC) (Commons & Miller, 1998; Commons & Pekker, 2008). In each domain, the instrument’s items form a task sequence. The sequence is formed by determining the order of hierarchical complexity of the items and then putting them from easy to hard in order. A task actions is one order of hierarchical complexity more difficult than the task actions it is defined in terms of and sequences the actions in a non-arbitrary way.

 
Findings from Measuring Developmental Outcomes in Autism Spectrum Disorder
DRISTI ADHIKARI (Dare Association), Jeffery Baran (Northeastern University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: orty-two children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder were given a developmentally based behavioral instrument, Autism Developmental Task Sequence. The instrument was found to be a very good predictor of how developmentally difficult the task items were. The correlation between Order of Hierarchical Complexity (OHC) of the items and Rasch score was extremely strong, r(43) = .892, p = .000.The mean stage of performance was, M = 4.26, S.D. = 2.36. The age range and mean stage of performance of the sample did not line up with the age and stage distribution of normal population (Piaget, 1983). Through the use of the instrument, we were able to show the development sequence cross sectionally. This information is useful for knowing where to intervene and also to measure effectiveness of intervention over reasonable period of time.
 
 
Symposium #491
CE Offered: BACB
Assessing and Enhancing Discrete Trial Procedures to Maximize Learning for Children With ASD
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with ASD face many challenges, including acquisition and generalization of new skills. While discrete trial training (DTT) remains a hallmark of early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs, there remains a lack of research indicating optimal procedures for specific learners. The studies in this symposium assess elements of DTT that may lead to optimal learning outcomes, including generative instruction, presentation order, and treatment integrity.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Discrete trial, Generative Instruction, Treatment Integrity
 
Discrimination Training to Produce Emergent Relations of Math Skills
JEANINE R TANZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Madeleine Diane Keevy (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have deficits with respect to generalization of skills. Stimulus equivalence has been shown to promote generalization. This study used a modified multiple probe design with an embedded multiple schedule to (1) compare the one-to-many (OTM) and many-to-one (MTO) training structure to determine which structure results in more positive equivalence outcomes when all variables are held constant, and (2) determine the extent to which children with ASD demonstrate equivalence and class mergers when using educationally relevant stimuli. Children with ASD were taught two classes of stimuli (Class 1 and Class 2) comprised of pre-algebraic math skills across two different training structures. Implications for teaching educationally relevant materials to children with autism will be discussed.
 
Evaluation of Stimulus Presentation Order on Rate of Acquisition
MELINDA GALBATO (Florida Institute of Technology), Jeanine R Tanz (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Evelyn C. Sprinkle (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Chana Gehrman (Kaleidoscope Interventions), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Match-to-sample (MTS) is one method commonly used to teach stimulus relations. The order in which stimuli are presented during MTS teaching has been shown to have an effect on rate of acquisition for typically developing children (Petursdottir & Aguilar, 2016). However, it is unclear to what extent presentation order might affect acquisition rate for children with autism. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effect of presentation order (sample first, comparison first, and simultaneous) on rate of acquisition for children with ASD. The current study evaluated acquisition during three visual-to-visual MTS formats using a multiple probe design.
 
A Further Analysis of Commission Errors during Discrete Trial Training
ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (Florida Institute of Technology and the Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Diana C. Carlos (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract: Treatment integrity has been manipulated in various ways to evaluate its impact on intervention effectiveness. Studies have compared different types of integrity failures and levels of treatment integrity in various contexts and behavioral interventions. Evaluations include differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, child compliance, and discrete trial training. However, further research is needed to establish the point at which integrity becomes detrimental to intervention effectiveness. The purpose of this study was to conduct a parametric analysis (i.e., 100%, 75%, 50%, & 25%) of treatment integrity to examine the effects of commission errors during discrete-trial training. Three participants, ages 35 - 42 months diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) were included. Using discrete trial training (DTT), participants were taught to receptively identify features of common items. Targets taught with 100% integrity (perfect implementation) yielded the fastest rates of acquisition for all participants. Low level of treatment integrity (i.e., 25%) or persistent errors produced a slower rate of acquisition.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #492
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Cannabis Use Disorder: Determining Mechanisms and Developing Interventions

Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Joshua Anthony Lile, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
JOSHUA ANTHONY LILE (University of Kentucky)
Joshua Lile is a tenured Associate Professor of Behavioral Science, Psychiatry and Psychology at the University of Kentucky. He earned a Ph.D. in Pharmacology from Wake Forest with Mike Nader. His graduate research focused on the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic determinants of the reinforcing effects of stimulants using non-human primate models of drug abuse. He then completed a Post-Doctoral Fellowship in Medical Behavioral Science at the University of Kentucky with Craig Rush and Tom Kelly, where he extended his expertise by studying substance use disorders using human laboratory methods. As a faculty member, Dr. Lile established an independent program of research on cannabis use disorder aimed at identifying non-cannabinoid neurotransmitter systems involved in the abuse-related effects of cannabis and screening potential treatment interventions in cannabis users. During this time, he has also been involved as a co-investigator on several projects to develop interventions for stimulant use disorder, and recently he established and validated functionally equivalent IV cocaine self-administration procedures in humans and rhesus monkeys as a platform for translational research on mechanisms of cocaine reinforcement. Throughout his career, Dr. Lile has also been involved in research on the role of individual differences such as personality, sex and hormones, as well as the environment, on the abuse liability of drugs, and more recently has incorporated neuroimaging and non-invasive brain stimulation methods into his research. These scientific efforts have yielded over 60 original research articles. In addition to these research efforts, Dr. Lile is a member of the University of Kentucky Institutional Review Board, and is an active educator and mentor, particularly through his involvement in the Behavioral Science department's graduate program in Clinical and Translational Science. In 2004 Dr. Lile received the American Psychological Association Division 28 Outstanding Dissertation Award, and in 2012 he received the College on Problems of Drug Dependence Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award.
Abstract:

The landscape surrounding cannabis use is changing dramatically. Legalized medical and recreational use is spreading, habitual use is growing, perceptions of harm are decreasing and the concentration of THC, the main psychoactive ingredient, is rising; consequently, increased problems associated with cannabis use have been predicted. A better understanding of the mechanisms that underlie cannabis use disorder and effective treatments are therefore needed. This presentation will describe the use of human drug discrimination procedures to determine the neuropharmacological mechanisms of the interoceptive effects of THC and identify targets for treatment. This research has demonstrated that GABA and voltage-dependent calcium channels (VDCC) are involved in the response to cannabis in humans. This presentation will then discuss the use of human laboratory drug self-administration procedures, combined with medication maintenance, as a strategy for determining the initial safety, tolerability and efficacy of ligands at these targets as potential treatments. Studies with the GABA reuptake inhibitor tiagabine and the VDCC ligand pregabalin will be described. Lastly, the presentation will include initial results from research that has integrated neuroimaging, non-invasive electrical brain stimulation and acute drug administration techniques to study cannabis-use disorder.

Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in cannabis use disorder
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the current state of cannabis use in the US and cannabis use disorder; (2) describe the use of human laboratory procedures based on operant psychology principles (i.e., drug discrimination and drug self-administration) to study cannabis and cannabinoid effects; (3) describe the involvement of GABA receptors and voltage-dependent calcium channels in the behavioral effects of cannabis and cannabinoids.
 
 
Panel #493
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABA-I presents: Treatment Adherence in Behavioral Medicine Research: Challenges, and Suggestions for Improvement
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D.
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College)
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College)
SANDY JIN (Eastern Connecticut State University)
JESSICA R. NEWMAN (Simmons College)
Abstract: Behavioral medicine research often employs methods wherein interventions are developed to address behaviors that occur outside of the clinical setting, requiring the client or caregiver to comply with and implement strategies to change their own behavior or the behavior of another. The degree to which caregivers or clients adhere to the treatment will affect outcomes. However, in many situations, treatment adherence may decline over time, or may be low, due to a variety of factors. The purpose of the current panel is to discuss common challenges that affect treatment adherence in behavioral medicine research, and to offer suggestions to improve adherence.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Treatment Adherence
 
 
Invited Paper Session #494
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Rethinking Mental Health: A "Post-Internal" Analysis of the Behaviours and Contexts Found in "Mental Health" Symptoms, the DSM, and Psychological Therapies

Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Bernard Guerin, Ph.D.
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions)
BERNARD GUERIN (University of South Australia)
Bernard Guerin is Professor of Psychology at the University of South Australia, where he teaches social and community behaviour, language and discourse analysis, and social science interventions. He trained at the Universities of Adelaide (Ph.D.) and Queensland (Postdoctoral), and then taught at James Cook University and the University of Waikato (NZ). His broad goal has been to integrate social and community psychology, discourse analysis and behaviour analysis with the other social sciences into an a-disciplinary framework that can be used for practical analysis and intervention. Most of his research is focused on working alongside communities, primarily on issues of responding to racism, mental health, mobility, sustainability of communities, and attachment to country. He has worked in partnership with Indigenous Australian, Maori, Somali refugee, and migrant communities.
Abstract:

In this talk I will discuss how we can analyse "mental health" symptoms, the DSM and psychological therapies as behaviours-in-context. The main focus will be on the social, economic, societal and cultural contexts, and showing the historical invention and development of "mental health" metaphors as western societies changed. Along the way I will illustrate with examples drawn from my participatory research on the "mental health" of Indigenous and refugee communities. The discussion will also highlight what needs to be changed within behaviour analysis if it wishes to engage more in social and community research.

Target Audience:

Academic and professional behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the history of mental health metaphors; (2) describe examples of community level behavioral interventions; (3) discuss how behavior analysis needs to change in order to improve its contributions to social and community level interventions.
 
 
Symposium #495
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Considerations for Collaborative Service Delivery
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Laura Bassette (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Laura Bassette, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Providing effective ethical treatment to clients with autism and/or other developmental disabilities across the lifespan requires collaborative interdisciplinary teamwork between parents, teachers, behavior analysts, and other service providers. Specifically, practitioners who work in diverse settings may need to understand different organizational cultures, relevant laws, applicable policies, perspectives, and procedures from others who do not come from a behavior analytical framework. Behavior analysts who are knowledgeable of how various environmental stimuli contribute or negate to collaborative efforts are in a unique position to contribute to the success of the collaborative effort. This symposium will provide an overview of the various entities that can potentially impact cooperation amongst teams across various settings (e.g., school based special education settings, home-based applied behavior analysis settings, residential adult service settings) and how these influence interdisciplinary team members perspectives. The application of the ethical code and generalization of ethical behavior and skills will be discussed in relation to relevant ethical scenarios.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): collaboration, ethics, interdisciplinary teams, service provision
 
Ethical Collaboration in Behavior Analysis
(Service Delivery)
LAURA BASSETTE (Ball State University)
Abstract: Effective collaboration requires behavior analysts acquire, maintain, and generalize a complex repertoire of social, communicative, and professional behavior. Furthermore, the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts mandates that behavior analysts engage in appropriate collaborative activities to advocate for the needs of their clients and provide effective treatment. It is imperative for behavior analysts to acknowledge how their behavior: influences the collaborative effort, impacts team members’ perceptions of behavior analysis, and address the overall ethical implications of these for clients. While behavior analysts are required to collaborate with others, these skills are not typically the focus of master’s level applied behavior analysis higher education programs and behavior analysts previously reported that issues with collaboration are a result of other team members’ lack of effort. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss relevant strategies behavior analysts can use to elicit ethical collaborative behavior among team members through capitalizing on known behavior analytical principles. Specific antecedent and consequence based strategies (e.g., assigning team members to specific roles during team meeting, strategies to effectively pair yourself as reinforcing with interdisciplinary team members) and managing differing expectations among stakeholders & team members will be discussed.
 

Promoting Positive Collaboration Between Parents of Children With Autism and Educators Using Behavior Analysis

(Service Delivery)
JESSICA BOSTIC (Ball State University), Laura Bassette (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Positive collaboration among educators and parents is a vital component when developing a successful Individualized Education Plan (IEP) for students receiving special education services. Parents of students diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) report overall negative perceptions of educators in terms of adequate preparation and knowledge of their childs unique disability. The breakdown in this partnership can be attributed to a lack of communication initiation from teachers, insufficient teacher knowledge, and differences in attitudes and opinions regarding the needs of the individual child/student. With the rapid increase in the prevalence of ASD in todays classrooms, it is highly probable that both general and special education teachers will encounter multiple students with ASD each year; however, most teachers receive minimal preparation in evidence-based practices for students with ASD. This presentation will provide recommendations for how the partnership between teachers and parents of students with ASD can be mended through high-quality training opportunities under the principles and guidelines of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA).

 
Common Challenges to Providing Ethically Appropriate Evidence-Based Practice in ICF/ID and Waiver Funded Settings
(Service Delivery)
FRITZ KRUGGEL (Supportive Community Innovations)
Abstract: The majority of individuals with developmental disabilities and/or autism who receive applied behavior analytic therapy and/or supports will also receive some amount of Long Term Care (LTC) services over the course of their lifespan. LTC for adults with disabilities typically includes a wide range of services such as: case management, residential, behavioral, and vocational rehabilitation. Currently over 8 million individuals receive publicly funded, Long Term Care disability services nationwide, at a cost of over $147 billion dollars annually. These facts alone reveal with tangible relevance the importance of efficacious collaboration with others responsible for providing care to individuals receiving LTC services, and thus the need to address how our ethics are informed and animated when working in these settings. Behavior Analysts working in ABA therapy, school, and Home and Community Based settings need to understand the variables present in Long Term Care environments and how they impact collaborative efforts in the field. The purpose of this presentation is to provide an overview of the factors that impact LTC services and how this relates to behavior analytical services.
 
 
Panel #497
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Instruction in the Mainstream: Headsprout's Accomplishments and Challenges
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, Ph.D.
Chair: Janet S. Twyman (Center on Innovations in Learning)
CORINNA F. GRINDLE (Bangor University)
MARTA LEON (Learning A-Z)
PATRICK B. MARCOTTE (Learning A-Z)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts frequently lament the lack of global impact of behavior-analytic philosophy and application, especially in "mainstream" domains such as general education, healthcare, or policy. This panel will share the achievements and challenges of a behavior-analytic program that is widely used in a mainstream context. Headsprout, an online program created by behavior analysts, teaches early reading and reading comprehension and is used in schools around the globe. Panelists will discuss how Headsprout became "mainstream," as well as the difficulty most "laypeople" have understanding the design behind the program and why it does not follow the approach used by most other instructional programs. Discussion will cover objections from traditional educators, the increasing requirements and challenges facing all instructional programs (regardless of philosophy), and how Headsprout has managed to maintain and increase adoption across the years (including effectiveness data and what has been learned through wide-spread implementation). Behavior analysis can make an impact through wide-scale applications, and the experiences of Headsprouts creators and implementers might help inform scientists and practitioners who aim for that goal.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Headsprout, instructional design, reading, reading comprehension
 
 
Panel #498
CE Offered: BACB
Web Technologies for ABA: The Perils and Benefits
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Richard E. Laitinen, Ph.D.
Chair: Richard E. Laitinen (Peronalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
SARA GARBARINI (David Gregory School)
MELANIE R. KONG-SHAW (Play Connections Autism Services, LLC)
Abstract:

Cloud based computer technology is now available for the management and enhancement of clinical practices in both urban and remote settings. This discussion will review aspects of this technology that are available for assessment, program implementation and documentation, staff training and practice management. Presenters will discuss the advantages and disadvantages of cloud base practice management, the steps required for transitioning to cloud base practices, and the potential for conducting in-house research, staff and program development. Finally, the potential for these services to promote the dissemination and utilization of latest research findings and practices and other benefits such as the networking of remote service providers will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
 
Panel #499
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Risky Business Revisited: Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Frank R. Cicero, Ph.D.
Chair: Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates)
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change)
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University)
KIMBERLY E. CHURCH (Human Development Center)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Past Risky Business panels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior
 
 
Symposium #500A
CE Offered: BACB
Aesthetics and Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts generally lack vocabulary to discuss aesthetic properties of artistic aesthetic stimuli and have to develop strategies for analyzing and synthesizing artistic information. Perhaps there are phylogenetic reasons why we find some things beautiful, but what explains acquired tastes. Palmer will explore the hypothesis that “aesthetic responses” entail Skinner’s concepts of multiple control, the “probe,” and saltations in response strength. Catania argues that, contingencies of three terms have operated throughout artistic creation and appreciation, and variations have been a major component in the evolution of the arts. Hineline explores patterns – spatial, temporal, sequential and coherence. While parsimony of mathematical arguments can make them elegant if they are completely coherent, musical sequences engage us by perturbing coherent patterns that have been established by histories of exposure. How do we systematically study the functions of artistic, aesthetic stimuli? Thompson concludes by touching on a. Artistic establishing operations which determine what creations will be more or less reinforcing; b. Discriminative Stimuli. C. Conditional Discriminative Stimuli that will facilitate the effectiveness of other discriminative stimuli in therapy, public health or education), and d. Artistic creation as reinforcing activities. Sponsored in part by the Behavior Analysis and the Arts SIG.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
Aesthetic Behavior: Creating and Appreciating Art
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Painting and photography involve visual media; music involves sound; gastronomy involves taste. But not all arts are defined by their media: literature and poetry can be either listened to or read. In some arts different media come together, as when opera combines music and libretto and costumes and stage settings. All arts involve audiences, even if only the artists themselves in the act of creation or at later times. Art can be cumulative, as when playwrights set the occasion for acting and set design and stagecraft and so on; the responses they engender eventually come together as a performance to which audiences respond. Contingencies of three terms and more have operated throughout artistic creation and appreciation, and variations have been a major component in the evolution of the arts. We will illustrate these points with examples, to show how a behavior analytic approach can contribute to the study of aesthetics. Examples will include some derived from Skinner (poetry and other verbal behavior, his clavichord, his psychology of design), and others from contributors to this symposium (singing, painting, narrative).
 
Aesthetics in Appreciation and Explanation
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus)
Abstract: What kinds of arrangements – of contingencies as well as of stimuli – do we choose to live with? What kinds of explanations do we accept? As addressed to pragmatic arrangements, whether of contingencies or of objects, one consideration concerns precision and predictability vs. variation and unpredictability ; precision is appropriately valued, but when it is excessively regulated it can be ugly. Patterns – spatial, temporal, sequential -- raise the relevance of coherence, and departures therefrom. While parsimony of purely mathematical arguments can make them elegant only if they are completely coherent, musical sequences engage us by perturbing coherent patterns that have been established by histories of exposure. Verbal stories, while less easily specified than melodies or sequences of equations, can lend a sort of coherence to sequences of events. Indeed, the coherence of a theoretical narrative can obscure its inadequacy (as illustrated by conventional avoidance theory). Coherence that arises out of familiarity is a potent influence, perhaps second only to generality, in affecting whether we accept an explanation.
 
The Role of Multiple Control and Response Strength in Aesthetics
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
Abstract: Perhaps there are phylogenetic reasons why we find some things beautiful, but what explains acquired tastes? I will explore the hypothesis that “aesthetic responses” entail Skinner’s concepts of multiple control, the “probe,” and saltations in response strength. We appreciate most those stimuli that evoke behavior that was already at partial strength, typically as the consequence of the combined effect of a panorama of other stimuli. We find texts incomprehensible when relevant responses have little strength and boring when relevant responses are at high strength. Poetry is commonly judged more beautiful than prose because it exploits multiple sources of control—cadence, rhyme, thematic relations—to strengthen an otherwise weak response. When the relevant textual stimulus is encountered, the jump in response strength is therefore considerable and stands out against the background of other textual responses. An analogous account can be offered for art, music, dance, and sport. Experience in a domain greatly enriches the web of multiple controlling variables, and the connoisseur finds beauty in subtleties to which the rest of us are insensitive. Thus the novice enjoys the thumping rhythms of the poetry of Poe, while the literary critic finds beauty in the esoteric, multi-layered literary allusions of James Joyce.
 
Behavioral Functions of Aesthetic Arts
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: The arts have been ubiquitous historically, but behavior analysts lack vocabulary to discuss aesthetic properties of such stimuli and strategies for analyzing and synthesizing artistic information. Artifacts or performances are created by their makers with aesthetic interest, often surpassing those of everyday objects, in virtually every known culture. Arts serve cultural, political, educational and religious purposes. Some artistic products serve mainly ceremonial or propaganda functions rather than aesthetic. Institutions in some cultures, create and sustain standards of aesthetic interest often apart from practical, ceremonial, or religious use (museums, orchestras, universities, publishers, art schools). Artistic materials with aesthetic interest pose scientific Questions: 1. What does it mean that some people with minimal language and significant disabilities produce remarkable art? 2. How are artistic aesthetic preferences established? 3. What roles do artistic stimuli play in human interventions (e.g. medicine/health care, psychological and behavioral) 4. How do we systematically study the functions of artistic stimuli: a. Establishing Operations: Determining what things will be more or less reinforcing under specific circumstances; b. Discriminative Stimuli: set the occasion for responding. C. Conditional Discriminative Stimuli: will facilitate the effectiveness of other discriminative stimuli (e.g. in therapy, public health or education), and d. Artistic creation as reinforcing activities.
 
 
Symposium #502
CE Offered: BACB
Utilizing Qualitative Methods to Inform Behavior Analytic Research
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Caitlin H. Delfs, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Existing research illustrates how qualitative research methods could be utilized in other fields, including educational research and behavioral sciences (Jacobs, 1987) and the following studies incorporate these methods to inform, evaluate, and measure outcomes of behavior analytic interventions. The first study included focus group data collected from Spanish-speaking caregivers to help develop a behavioral parent training (BPT) program for families with limited English proficiency. The results of the focus groups, as well as the results of the implementation of the BPT program are reported. The second paper examined the use of focus groups and interviews with parents, teachers, and school administrators to evaluate a school-based, comprehensive model to address the needs of students with autism. Feedback and recommendations to improve feasibility and acceptability were included. The third study reviewed the use of a qualitative measure of caregiver buy-in during admission in an outpatient program to address problem behavior. The relationship between caregiver buy-in and successful completion of the program will be discussed. The final study examined the use of structured observations, clinical interviews, and indirect assessments, along with quantitative measures to assess interventions for problem behavior. Results suggest that positive outcomes extend beyond reducing problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregivers, focus groups, qualitative research
 

Utilizing Focus Groups to Inform Behavioral Parent Training for Caregivers With Limited English Proficiency

(Applied Research)
Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), BHAVNA KANSAL (Marcus Autism Center), William Walton (Marcus Autism Center), Claire Lea (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Although autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has been found to occur across a variety of ethnic, racial, and socioeconomic groups (CDC, 2010), further research is needed to evaluate how language and cultural barriers impact the effectiveness of interventions and modifications to standard practice (Baker-Ericzn, Stahmer, & Burns, 2007). Similarly, existing literature suggests that behavioral parent training (BPT) programs are considered a promising clinical and preventive intervention (Jang et al., 2011; Serketich & Dumas, 1996), yet very few researchers have examined the impact of BPT within specific cultural groups (Martinez & Eddy, 2005). In the current study, focus groups were developed to assess the barriers associated with accessing treatment options within the Latino community, and evaluate the perceived efficacy of BPT for caregivers with limited English proficiency (LEP) and a child with ASD. Participants were asked about previous experiences, perceived barriers to treatment, and suggestions for behavioral clinicians. Focus group transcriptions were thematically coded and used to inform modifications to staff training, service delivery, and curriculum for an existing, communitybased BPT intervention. The impact of the modifications will be monitored through assessing parent skills for 12 LEP parent-child dyads and both caregiver and therapist satisfaction and acceptability of service delivery.

 

Integrating Stakeholder Feedback Into a Comprehensive, School-Wide Intervention Through Qualitative Research Methodology

(Applied Research)
Krystal M. McFee (University of South Florida), SUZANNAH J. IADAROLA (University of Rochester), Sheri Grace (Appalachian State University), Sharon Hodges (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida; Florida Mental Health), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Abstract:

Myriad behavior analytic strategies are considered evidence-based for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD); however implementing comprehensive intervention packages in public schools has been difficult. Implementation barriers, such as fidelity and buy-in, are especially challenging but not fully explored in the literature. To address gaps in intervention development and implementation, we developed Students with Autism Accessing General Education (SAAGE), a comprehensive, modular intervention for use by educators for students with ASD. Modules allow educators to support core and associated features of ASD and rely heavily on behavior analytic principles. SAAGE is implemented by a school team and a coach, who helps the team assess student needs, identify goals and select relevant modules. We used qualitative research methodology to obtain feedback on the model, via 9 focus groups and 3 interviews conducted with 22 teachers, 13 administrators, and 11 parents across four sites. Data were analyzed by thematic analysis; we achieved triangulation through multiple informants and independent coding. Results indicate overall positive feedback for SAAGE, as well as recommendations for fine-tuning the model. This feedback is being integrated to inform the final version of SAAGE, to support its feasibility, acceptability, and perceived helpfulness by prospective implementers and recipients of the intervention.

 

An Analysis of Caregiver Buy in for a Parent Training Program Targeting Problem Behavior

(Applied Research)
WILLIAM WALTON (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Jamieson Ekstrom (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Past research has examined the effects of treatment integrity on the effectiveness of interventions for challenging behavior (Sterling-Turner, Watson, & Moore, 2002; Van Den Hoofdakker et al. 2007). Acceptability is a precursor to treatment integrity (Witt & Elliott, 1985), and acceptability may be thought of in terms of how bought-in a caregiver is to the treatment procedures. However, there has been only limited research on how to best measure acceptability or buy-in. In addition, the studies that have been conducted have used self-report (usually from teachers) and have generally assessed only pre- or post-treatment as opposed to analyzing buy-in throughout. This study extends the past research by examining caregiver buy-in (assessed by a 6 item, likert-scale questionnaire completed by a therapist observing the caregiver). In the present study, we analyzed data from this measure completed by the therapist at the second and third appointment of a 10-week outpatient behavioral treatment program targeting problem behavior. The caregiver buy-in measure was related to successful completion of the program, demonstrating the importance of considering caregivers buy-in to treatment procedures. Other aspects of reliability and validity (e.g., test-retest reliability) are also discussed.

 
Beyond Percent Reduction: Global Outcomes of Interventions for Problem Behavior
(Applied Research)
JOANNA LOMAS MEVERS (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory School of Medicine), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine), Whitney Turbyfield (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Individuals who engage in problem behavior are likely to experience a number of negative outcomes, which can impact both the individual engaging in the problem behavior as well as the caregivers/families of these individuals (Estes et al., 2013; Sikora et al., 2013). To date it has been well established that interventions employing applied behavior analysis techniques are effective at reducing the rates of problem behaviors in these individuals (Von Schulz, 2014). However, little research has examined the broader impact of these interventions. The current study examined the use of structured observations, clinical interviews, and indirect assessments to evaluate the global impact of interventions for problem behavior. These measures were selected to evaluate different aspects including adaptive behavior, social responsiveness, severity of problem behavior, and caregiver stress. These measures were used in addition to more traditional measures such as percent reduction. Results suggest that this preliminary effort at identifying the collateral benefits of behavioral treatments for problem behavior demonstrate that positive outcomes extend beyond reducing problem behavior. Future research may benefit from identifying further measures that capture the range of domains impacted as well as identifying optimal times to conduct such measures.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #503
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Recent Advances in the Behavioral Pharmacology of Cannabis

Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Brian D. Kangas, Ph.D.
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
BRIAN D. KANGAS (Harvard Medical School)
Dr. Brian Kangas is an Associate Psychobiologist at McLean Hospital and Assistant Professor of Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School. After training in the experimental analysis of behavior at Southern Illinois University and the University of North Texas, he earned his Ph.D. at the University of Florida under the tutelage of Dr. Marc Branch. He then completed a postdoctoral fellowship in the Behavioral Biology Laboratory at Harvard Medical School. Dr. Kangas has served on the editorial board of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, is the recipient of several research awards including the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award from the American Psychological Association, and has grant funding from the National Institute on Drug Abuse and National Institute of Mental Health. Dr. Kangas teaches operant principles to undergraduates, graduate students, and medical students in a course on behavioral pharmacology at Harvard originally founded by Drs. Peter Dews and Bill Morse. His research program focuses on the development and empirical validation of animal models and apparatus to assay complex behavioral processes relevant to pain perception, addiction, and other neuropsychiatric conditions.
Abstract:

Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States with recent surveys estimating over 22 million current (past month) users. However, there is growing acceptance of its recreational use, evident by successful efforts to decriminalize and, in some states like Colorado, legalize use. In addition, although the full medicinal value of cannabis is not yet understood, such cannabinergic effects are of known benefit in the palliative care of anorectic patients undergoing chemotherapy or suffering debilitating conditions such as AIDS or Alzheimer?s disease. This has led to a broadening interest in the clinical utility of drugs that target the endocannabinoid system. In this regard, however, delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the primary psychoactive ingredient in marijuana, is generally acknowledged to produce some unwanted effects in humans. These include deleterious effects on several types of complex behavior, especially related to learning, memory, and vigilance. Employing operant techniques in nonhuman primates such as drug discrimination, self-administration, nociception assays, and touchscreen-based models of learning and memory, this presentation will highlight recent advances in the understanding of THC?s effects on complex behavioral processes and, as well, efforts to develop drugs that engage the cannabinergic system and retain medicinal value, yet produce lesser adverse psychoactive effects.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the behavioral effects of marijuana and the development of improved cannabis therapeutics.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) identify adverse behavioral effects of marijuana and its psychoactive constituents; (2) understand basic fundamentals of cannabinoid pharmacology, including mechanism of action and receptor subtypes; (3) identify some drug discovery approaches to improve the medicinal value of cannabis while reducing adverse psychoactive side-effects.
 
 
Symposium #504
CE Offered: BACB
Those Bugs Can Do What? Exploring the Learning Abilities of Invertebrates
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B/C
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Matthew L. Johnson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Matthew L. Johnson, M.S.
Abstract: The continuity of species as a key concept in behaviorism, and subsequently behavior analysis, highlights the range of potential organisms available for studying behavior. Invertebrate laboratories within behavior analysis programs are expanding, and thus, so are the variety of invertebrate species studied. This symposium will showcase a series of three talks from three different research teams involving the utilization of non-traditional animal subjects to explore the analysis of behavior.  Each paper will focus on a single invertebrate organism, discuss the deviations from the traditional operant chamber that were needed, and provide data illustrating learning in these under represented species of animals. The three papers being presented address topics such as the effects of psychoactive chemical compounds in flatworms, escape and avoidance modeled in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (MHC), and an assessment of the effects of residual chemicals on MHC behavior. Implications about new technologies within animal and invertebrate research will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cockroach, Invertebrate, Metabolite
 

Assessment of the Reinforcement and Stimulant Properties of Nicotine Metabolites

BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Tayler Hutchinson (South Dakota State University), Katie Lang (South Dakota State University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University)
Abstract:

We will present data pertaining to the reinforcing and stimulant properties of the major and minor nicotine metabolites, namely cotinine, anabasine and nornicotine, using the invertebrate Planaria as an animal model. The reinforcement effects will be assessed using the conditioned place preference (CPP) procedure. The stimulant properties will be assessed with two measures involving human observers: motility measured as the number of grid lines swam across over a 1cm2 grid placed underneath a Petri dish in a five minute interval, in different metabolite concentrations and stereotypy/hyperkinesias-abnormal stereotyped movements indicative of strong stimulant concentrations. Stereotypies were counted as number of occurrences per five-minute interval during exposure to different concentrations of the metabolites. The typical concentrations we assessed are .01mM, .03mM and .06mM for anabasine and nornicotine as these compounds had toxic effects upon the flatworms at stronger concentrations while cotinine allows for the use of much stronger concentrations of up 5mM.

 

A Systematic Investigation of Residual Chemicals in Madagascar Hissing Cockroach Performance

NICOLE TAKLE (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

It is unknown if Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches (MHCs) respond to chemical residues left from previous sessions with the same or different MHC. Understanding if performance might be in part due to past sessions would be of benefit to those who study MHCs. In Study 1 we used a Y-maze with removable sections within each arm. Using one male MHC as the subject, we alternated between which arm was scented and which was clean. To gather the female's scent, we housed her on a piece of cardboard for 48 hours. The results of Study 1 showed a minor preference for the clean arm versus the arm with the female's scent, therefore we decided to replicate the study and include the male's scent. In Study 2 we used a square apparatus with half of it covered in clean cardboard and the other covered with either the female's scent or the male's scent. We used 4 subjects, all dominant males, and two females for scent on the cardboard. Results from this study showed that there were both within subject and between subject differences for time allocation related to female and self-scents. The results also highlight the importance of cleaning apparati during cockroach research

 
Towards an Invertebrate Model of Avoidance and Escape
LINDA MUCKEY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Aversive stimuli and their effects have been studied widely in vertebrate laboratory animals. Relatively much less attention has been given towards invertebrate models of avoidance and escape. Although well documented in rodents and pigeons, research on escape and avoidance in other organisms is limited. This paper will explore a variety of potential aversive stimuli and their effects on the behaviour of Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches (Gromphadorhina portenosa). Specifically, the effect of electric shock and varying intensities of electric shock will be assessed. A specially designed shock grid divided in half with variable voltages allowed for each half of the grid to be individually adjusted from 0V to 30V. Simple avoidance and escape responses were demonstrated by the organisms. Additionally, the Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches responded discriminatively to differential shock intensities. Intensity and duration of electric shock were correlated with relevant dimensions of escape and avoidance responses. Implications of the findings and avenues for future research will also be discussed.
 
 
Panel #505
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Translational Research: Implications and Future Directions
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Ashley Marie Fuhrman, M.A.
Chair: Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
WAYNE W. FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
F. CHARLES MACE (Nova Southeastern University)
JOHN A. NEVIN (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract:

The ongoing collaboration and coordination of research between the experimental and applied communities of behavior analysis is essential to the advancement of the science of behavior (Mace & Critchfield, 2010). Involvement of young researchers is vital to the maintenance and future development of translational work within the field. The panelists for this professional development panel is made up of established researchers in the field of behavior analysis whose research efforts span the basic to applied continuum. Panelists will provide examples of research they are conducting and review the current state of translational research in our field. In addition, they will identify potential barriers to establishing and maintaining collaborative relationships between basic and applied researchers. Panelists will also provide the audience with recommendations for the future directions of translational research and suggestions for how to incorporate basic research into applied settings. The audience will have the opportunity to learn about translational work and how researchers can pursue and further the field of translational research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Applied Research, Basic Research, Translational Research
 
 
Panel #507
CE Offered: BACB
No, You Cannot Just Sit There and Listen: The Research and Pragmatics of Interteaching Challenges
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas)
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi)
NANCY A. NEEF (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Traditional lecture appears to promote passive learning, and leads many instructors to have little idea whether students are grasping content prior to exam days (McKeachie, 2014). Interteaching, which uses immediate feedback, is a good alternative. Further, interteaching allows students to practice future test content (Boyce & Hineline, 2002; Saville & Zinn, 2011; Querol, Rosales, & Solder, 2015). These factors, in turn, increase student fondness of class and their performance (Saville & Zinn, 2011). However, most instructors are not taught to teach this way, and most university students are accustomed to lectures. This can make for some unique challenges. Questions about how to make a prep guide, when to do a clarifying lecture, if and how to assign quality points, and how to form groups become critical. Finding ways to introduce interteaching without scaring students away, and maintaining engagement - especially early in the semester - are topics of importance. This panel, consisting of interteaching experts, will briefly explore research on interteaching before focusing on pragmatic issues that arise when implementing an interteaching format in university settings, particularly when students and instructors are changing from a traditional lecture format. Substantial time will be left for audience questions after the initial discussion.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): classroom logistics, interteaching
 
 
Panel #508
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysts’ Role in Higher Education and University Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James Moore, Ph.D.
Chair: Gina Boullion (University of Mississippi)
ALLISON GOHRING (Lindenwood University)
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College)
JAMES MOORE (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: The role of the science and practice of behavior analysis in addressing educational issues has long been a relevant topic of discussion (Skinner, 1968). Higher education instructors and administrators are often presented with a wide array of issues, from encountering students with low motivation, learning problems, or disruptive behaviors, to providing effective teacher trainings and managing governance within departments and colleges. Because of this, higher education instructors and administrators are often left wondering how and where to begin. The focus of this panel will be to describe the roles that Behavior Analysts can, should, and could play in higher education instruction, governance, and administration. Panelists’ experiences with implementing behavior analysis to prepare effective teachers, increase prosocial campus behaviors, and behaviorally manage members within departments will be described. Potential avenues for new faculty, faculty considering administrative leadership positions, and graduate students interested in academia to implement behavior analytic strategies in the university setting will also be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Teaching Effectiveness, University Services
 
 
Panel #510
CE Offered: BACB
Disseminating Behavior Analysis: Novel Applications and Additional Avenues
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
Chair: Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Institute of Meaningful Instruction, Bx+)
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Institute of Meaningful Instruction)
GREG STIKELEATHER (Los Angeles, CA)
APRIL M. BECKER (The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Science can be utilized to affect a wide range of socially significant behaviors across diverse populations. Breaking into and establishing the practice in ?novel? fields or applications is often discussed among behavior analysts, but can be an overwhelming task and can leave one confused about where exactly to begin. This panel seeks to address areas, practices, and populations that can benefit from applied behavior science, and to discuss approach and entry into interdisciplinary work. The presenters will discuss their own work in diversifying the recipients and proponents of behavioral technology outside traditional funding streams and applications, including: education, neuroscience, online learning, sports/exercise, and local government organizations. An emphasis on an experimental analysis for their varied approaches and data on the success of their ventures will be presented. Following will be an open discussion with attendees on inviting other perspectives and future directions and implications for applied behavior science.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Neuroscience, Novel Applications
 
 
Symposium #511
CE Offered: BACB
Instructional Arrangements to Promote Intraverbal Emergance
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Tullis, Ph.D.
Abstract: Learners with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) frequently present with difficulties acquiring novel behavior without direct teaching. As such, teaching procedures that result in the emergence of untrained verbal behavior are one essential component of behavioral language intervention for learners with ASD. Although teaching arrangements that encourage emergence of untrained verbal relations are present in the behavior analytic literature, a large proportion of investigations focus on the emergence of mand or tact responses. In comparison, a smaller number of investigations focus on emergence of intraverbals. The three investigations presented will illustrate teaching methodologies that resulted in the emergence of untrained intraverbals with vocal and non-vocal learners with ASD. In the first investigation (Shillingsburg et al.), the effects of listener training on emergent intraverbal responding was examined. The second (Fetzer et al.), extends previous investigations focusing on training history and emergence of novel intraverbals. In the final investigation (Tullis et al.), the effects of instructive feedback on the acquisition of untrained intraverbals for a learner with a speech generating device was examined. These investigations also highlight the significance of explicitly programming for emergence within clinical settings.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Emergence, Intraverbal
 

The Effects of Training Multiple Unidirectional Intraverbal Relations on the Emergence of Bidirectional Relations With Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
JAMIE FETZER (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Perez-Gonzalez, Garcia-Asenjo, Williams, and Julio-Carnerero (2007) evaluated the effects of training multiple bidirectional (A?B) relations on the emergence of novel bidirectional relations with two children diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder. Results showed that although both participants demonstrated emergence of bidirectional relations, the participant who experienced immediate bidirectional training demonstrated emergence of novel bidirectional relations in fewer training trials than the participant who experienced extended unidirectional training (A==>B) prior to bidirectional training (A==>B and B==>A). The purpose of the current study was to replicate the basic procedures of Perez-Gonzalez et al. and extend their findings by evaluating the effects of an extended unidirectional training history on the emergence of bidirectional relations with four children with autism. We further extended Perez-Gonzalez et al. by (a) using simple antecedent stimuli (i.e., English ==> French translations), (b) reporting participant scores on expressive and receptive language assessments, (c) evaluating the effects of training history with two matched groups of children with autism, (d) programming for and assessing maintenance, and (e) assessing social validity. Novel bidirectional relations emerged quickly for both participants who were exposed to an immediate bidirectional training history. Emergence of novel bidirectional relations was impeded for one of the two participants who were exposed to an extended unidirectional training history. These results indicate that bidirectional relations should be trained immediately to avoid potential problems with emergence of bidirectional relations.

 

A Clinical Application of Procedures to Promote the Emergence of Untrained Intraverbal Relations With Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
STACY CLEVELAND (The Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Tom Cariveau (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Strategies to promote the emergence of untrained verbal relations are of critical importance for learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study examined the effects of systematically training new relations on the emergence of intraverbal relations within the same set and across untrained sets using a multiple probe across behaviors (sets) design. Three sets consisting of three classes of stimuli were developed for each of the six participants with ASD. Training was sequentially introduced within Set 1 for listener responses by feature/function, tact feature/function, and bi-directional intraverbals. Following mastery of one relation within the set, probes were conducted to assess emergence of all untrained relations within set 1. Once mastery criteria were met through direct training or emergence for all intraverbal relations in set 1, probes were conducted to evaluate relations across all sets (1-3). The procedures were repeated with the remaining sets. Results indicated that some participants showed emergence of untrained intraverbal relations following training of the listener and tact responses, consistent with prior research. Some participants required training across multiple relations and classes before emergence of intraverbals was observed. These results highlight the importance of evaluating performance over multiple sets and the benefits of systematically programming for emergence within clinical work.

 

Enhancing Instruction via Instructive Feedback for a Child With Autism Using a Speech Generating Device

(Applied Research)
VIDESHA MARYA (Marcus Autism Center), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Emma Jensen (Marcus Autism Center), Shoma Sajan (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Instructive feedback (IF) is a procedure in which non-targeted information is presented to a learner during instruction for targeted skills. Previous research has demonstrated that students with autism spectrum disorder may acquire at least a portion of skills presented via IF. Although a promising instructional methodology for learners with ASD, few studies focus on learners who use an augmentative device for communication purposes. The purpose of the current investigation was to extend the IF literature related to students with ASD who use communication devices. Across all target skills, IF resulted in the acquisition of at least a portion of secondary targets without explicit teaching.

 
 
Special Event #512
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Presidential Address: Identity
Monday, May 29, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom (Plenary)
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Presidential Address
Chair: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
CE Instructor: M. Jackson Marr, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Address: Identity

Abstract:

The word identity seems ubiquitous. It is a focus of contemporary social science, appears regularly in the media, and occurs increasingly often in everyday conversation, especially on college campuses and among the cultural cognoscenti. Typically, it is used as or paired with a descriptor - such as gender identity, ethnic identity, or identity crisis - and then offered as an explanation of some behavioral phenomena, including gender and ethnic differences, the results of presidential elections, and even B. F. Skinner’s enrollment in graduate school following his “dark year” as a fledging writer. While behavior analysts eschew such explanations, most people, including most behavioral and social scientists, are more interested in the temporally extended patterns of complex behavior subsumed by terms like identity than they are in the foci of much current behavior analytic research. Cogent behavioral accounts of identity and related phenomena are available, but typically garner little attention. Borrowing from these, a behavior analysis of identity is presented and then used to reflect on the identity of behavior analysis itself. If identity consists of patterns of behavior, it appears that our identity is changing. Within behavior analysis, the extraordinary success of the applied wing has overshadowed our identity as a basic behavioral science. Outside behavior analysis, our identity as a viable, comprehensive behavioral science has diminished. We appear to be having an identity crisis, and if it is important to retain our scientific identity, we need to address it.

 
MICHAEL J. DOUGHER (University of New Mexico)
 
Dr. Michael J. Dougher is professor of psychology at the University of New Mexico, which is but the tip of the iceberg when it comes to describing the breadth and crosscurrents of teaching, research, and service in his distinguished career. Trained at the University of Illinois, Chicago as a clinical psychologist, his career exemplifies the scientist-practitioner model of that discipline. He has published widely on the analysis and treatment of such clinical problems as pain, depression, and addictive behavior. His research, however, has extended far beyond the traditional boundaries of clinical psychology. He has brought creative basic analyses of verbal behavior and stimulus equivalence to bear on the understanding of not only the origins of clinical syndromes, but also new possible lines of approaches to their treatment. These complementary analyses of basic and applied research earned him the APA Division 25 Don Hake Award. Along these same lines, it is telling to note that Dr. Dougher served concurrently on ABAI's Practice Board and as the experimental representative to its executive council. His record of service also includes terms as president of ABAI and APA's Division 25, and on numerous boards and task forces related to professional issues in psychology. On these boards and task forces, he consistently has been a strong, thoughtful, and diplomatic representative of a behavior analytic perspective.   These same adjectives characterize his editorial contributions to behavior analysis, as editor of The Behavior Analyst, associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and as a member of the editorial boards of six other journals. In addition, Dr. Dougher has provided equally exceptional service to his students and university. This mentor of 25 doctoral students has received several teaching awards, including being named the University of New Mexico Teacher of the Year in 1995. Prior to his present appointment, he served as the department's director of clinical training and also department chair, then associate dean for research in the College of Arts and Sciences, then senior vice provost for Academic Affairs, and thereafter as the University of New Mexico’s vice president for research.
 
Target Audience:

Pending

Learning Objectives: Pending
 
Keyword(s): Presidential Address
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}